ALABAMA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
POS AMI, 1995-12-20
Previous: EQUITY INCOME FUND CONCEPT SER TEL GLOBAL TR DEF ASSET FUNDS, 485BPOS, 1995-12-20
Next: GEORGIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO, POS AMI, 1995-12-20



<PAGE>

        
     As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 20, 1995
         

                                                               File No. 811-7174



                          SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                                WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                      FORM N-1A


                                REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                        UNDER
                          THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940     X

        
                                   AMENDMENT NO. 3                       X
         

                             ALABAMA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO 
                              __________________________
                  (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)



                                  24 Federal Street
                             Boston, Massachusetts 02110
                             ___________________________
                       (Address of Principal Executive Offices)


          Registrant's Telephone Number, including Area Code: (617) 482-8260
                                                             ______________


                                 H. Day Brigham, Jr.
                    24 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110
                    ______________________________________________
                       (Name and Address of Agent for Service)
<PAGE>






                                  EXPLANATORY NOTE

        
              This Registration Statement, as amended, has been filed by the
     Registrant pursuant to Section 8(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940,
     as amended.  However, interests in the Registrant have not been registered
     under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"), because
     such interests will be issued solely in private placement transactions
     that do not involve any "public offering" within the meaning of Section
     4(2) of the 1933 Act.  Investments in the Registrant may be made only by
     investment companies, common or commingled trust funds, or similar
     organizations or entities that are "accredited investors" within the
     meaning of Regulation D under the 1933 Act.  This Registration Statement,
     as amended, does not constitute an offer to sell, or the solicitation of
     an offer to buy, any interest in the Registrant.
         
<PAGE>






                                       PART A 

              Responses to Items 1 through 3 and 5A have been omitted pursuant
     to Paragraph 4 of Instruction F of the General Instructions to Form N-1A.


     Item 4.  General Description of Registrant

        
              Alabama Tax Free Portfolio (effective January 1, 1996, Alabama
     Municipals Portfolio) (the "Portfolio") is a non-diversified, open-end
     management investment company which was organized as a trust under the
     laws of the State of New York on May 1, 1992.  Interests in the Portfolio
     are issued solely in private placement transactions that do not involve
     any "public offering" within the meaning of Section 4(2) of the Securities
     Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act").  Investments in the Portfolio
     may be made only by U.S. and foreign investment companies, common or
     commingled trust funds, or similar organizations or entities that are
     "accredited investors" within the meaning of Regulation D under the 1933
     Act.  This Registration Statement, as amended, does not constitute an
     offer to sell, or the solicitation of an offer to buy, any "security"
     within the meaning of the 1933 Act.
         
        
              The Portfolio's investment objective is to provide current income
     exempt from regular federal income tax and Alabama State personal income
     taxes.  The Portfolio currently seeks to achieve its objective by
     investing primarily in Alabama tax-exempt obligations (as defined below)
     that are rated at least investment grade by a major rating agency or, if
     unrated, are determined to be of at least investment grade quality by the
     Portfolio's investment adviser.
         

              Additional information about the investment policies of the
     Portfolio appears in Part B.  The Portfolio is not intended to be a
     complete investment program, and a prospective investor should take into
     account its objectives and other investments when considering the purchase
     of an interest in the Portfolio.  The Portfolio cannot assure achievement
     of its investment objective.

     How the Portfolio Invests its Assets 

        
              The Portfolio currently seeks to achieve its investment objective
     by investing at least 80% of its net assets during periods of normal
     market conditions in debt obligations issued by or on behalf of the State
     of Alabama and its political subdivisions, and the governments of Puerto
     Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands and Guam, the interest on which is exempt
     from regular federal income tax, is not a tax preference item under the
     federal alternative minimum tax and is exempt from Alabama State personal
     income taxes ("Alabama tax-exempt obligations").  The foregoing policy is
     a fundamental policy of the Portfolio, which may not be changed unless

                                         A-1
<PAGE>






     authorized by a vote of the investors in the Portfolio.  Proposed changes
     to the foregoing policy are described below.
         
        

              At least 75% of the Portfolio's net assets will normally be
     invested in obligations rated at least investment grade at the time of
     investment (which are those rated Baa or higher by Moody's Investors
     Service, Inc. ("Moody's") or BBB or higher by either Standard & Poor's
     ("S&P") or Fitch Investors Service, Inc. ("Fitch")) or, if unrated,
     determined by the Portfolio's investment adviser, Boston Management and
     Research (the "Investment Adviser" or "BMR"), to be of at least investment
     grade quality.  The balance of the Portfolio's net assets may be invested
     in Alabama obligations (as defined below) rated below investment grade
     (but not lower than B by Moody's, S&P or Fitch) and unrated Alabama
     obligations considered to be of comparable quality by the Investment
     Adviser.  Alabama obligations rated Baa or BBB may have speculative
     characteristics.  Also, changes in economic conditions or other
     circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make
     principal and interest payments than in the case of higher rated
     obligations.  Securities rated below BBB or Baa are commonly known as
     "junk bonds".  The Portfolio may retain an obligation whose rating drops
     below B after its acquisition if such retention is considered desirable by
     the Portfolio's Investment Adviser.  See "Additional Risk Considerations." 
     For a description of municipal obligation ratings, see the Appendix to
     Part B.
         

        
              On or about December 22, 1995, a proposal will be submitted to
     investors in the Portfolio that would permit the Portfolio to invest
     without limit in obligations the interest on which is a tax preference
     item under the federal alternative minimum tax.  If the proposal is
     approved, the Portfolio will seek to achieve its investment objective by
     investing at least 80% of its net assets during periods of normal market
     conditions in municipal obligations, the interest on which is exempt from
     regular federal income tax and Alabama State personal income taxes.  If
     the proposal is approved, the new policy will be effective immediately. 
     If the proposal is approved, the Portfolio will be permitted to invest in
     municipal obligations of any issuer, but will continue to invest at least
     65% of its total assets in obligations issued by the State of Alabama or
     its political subdivisions.  Also, in connection with the proposal, the
     Portfolio's name will be changed to "Alabama Municipals Portfolio"
     effective January 1, 1996.
         
        
              Alabama Obligations.  Municipal obligations eligible for the
     exemption from Alabama State personal income taxes ("Alabama obligations")
     are issued for a wide variety of both public and private purposes.  Public
     purpose municipal bonds include general obligation bonds and revenue
     bonds.  General obligation bonds are backed by the taxing power of the
     issuing municipality.  Revenue bonds are backed by the revenues of a

                                         A-2
<PAGE>






     project or facility.  Municipal notes include bond anticipation notes, tax
     anticipation notes, and revenue anticipation notes.  Bond, tax and revenue
     anticipation notes are short-term obligations that will be retired with
     the proceeds of an anticipated bond issue, tax revenue or facility
     revenue, respectively.  Under normal market conditions, the Portfolio will
     invest at least 65% of its total assets in obligations issued by the State
     of Alabama or its political subdivisions.  
         
        
              The Portfolio currently may not invest more than 20% of its net
     assets in obligations the interest on which is a tax preference item for
     purposes of the federal alternative minimum tax and in obligations that
     pay interest subject to regular federal income tax and/or Alabama State
     personal income taxes.  As at August 31, 1995, the Portfolio had invested
     8.2% of its net assets in such obligations.  Distributions to corporate
     investors of certain interest income may be subject to the federal
     alternative minimum tax.
         
        

              Concentration in Alabama Issuers   Risks.  Because the Portfolio
     will normally invest at least 65% of its total assets in obligations of
     Alabama issuers, it is more susceptible to factors adversely affecting
     such issuers than mutual funds that do not concentrate in the obligations
     of issuers located in a single state.  Municipal obligations of issuers in
     a single State may be adversely effected by economic developments and by
     legislation and other governmental activities in that State.  To the
     extent that the Portfolio's assets are concentrated in municipal
     obligations of issuers of a single State, the Portfolio may be subject to
     an increased risk of loss. 
         

              Since the early 1980's, modernization of existing facilities and
     an increase in direct foreign investments in the State have made the
     State's manufacturing sector more competitive in domestic and
     international markets.  Although it remains the largest employment sector,
     the State economy has become less dependent on manufacturing (pulp and
     paper, mining and chemicals).  Strong growth in the service and
     wholesale/retail trade sectors combined with recent weakness in the
     manufacturing sector has enabled the economy to become more diverse. 
     However, its reliance on the manufacturing sector remains significantly
     greater than the national average.  In the past several years, the loss of
     manufacturing jobs has been primarily as a result of weakness in the
     durable goods sector.  Overall, non-agricultural employment has grown
     steadily during the past five years.  

        
         

              Alabama general obligations are currently rated AA, Aa and AA, by
     S&P, Moody's and Fitch, respectively.


                                         A-3
<PAGE>






        
              Alabama obligations also include obligations of the governments
     of Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands and Guam to the extent that these
     obligations are exempt from Alabama State personal income taxes.  The
     Portfolio may invest up to 5% of its net assets in obligations issued by
     the governments of each of the U.S. Virgin Islands and Guam, and may
     invest up to 35% of its net assets in obligations issued by the government
     of Puerto Rico.  The economy of Puerto Rico is dominated by the
     manufacturing and service sectors.  Although the economy of Puerto Rico
     expanded significantly from fiscal 1984 through fiscal 1990, the rate of
     this expansion slowed during fiscal years 1991, 1992 and 1993.  Growth in
     fiscal 1994 will depend on several factors, including the state of the
     U.S. economy and the relative stability in the price of oil, the exchange
     rate of the U.S. dollar and the cost of borrowing.  Although the Puerto
     Rico unemployment rate has declined substantially since 1985, the
     seasonally adjusted unemployment rate for June 1995 was approximately
     13.9%.  The North American Free Trade Agreement ("NAFTA"), which became
     effective January 1, 1994, could lead to the loss of Puerto Rico's lower
     salaried or labor intensive jobs to Mexico.
         

              S&P rates Puerto Rico general obligation debt A, while Moody's
     rates it Baa1; these ratings have been in place since 1956 and 1976,
     respectively.  Reliance on nonrecurring revenues and economic weakness led
     S&P to change its outlook from stable to negative.

        
              In addition, the Portfolio may invest 25% or more of its total
     assets in Alabama obligations of the same type, including, without
     limitation, the following:  lease rental obligations of State and local
     authorities; obligations of State and local housing finance authorities,
     municipal utilities systems or public housing authorities; obligations of
     hospitals or life care facilities; or industrial development or pollution
     control bonds issued for electric utility systems, steel companies, paper
     companies or other purposes.  This may make the Portfolio more susceptible
     to adverse economic, political, or regulatory occurrences affecting a
     particular category of issuer.  For example, health care-related issuers
     are susceptible to medicaid reimbursement policies, and national and state
     health care legislation.  As the Portfolio's concentration increases, so
     does the potential for fluctuation in the value of its interests.
         
        
              Non-Diversified Status.  The Portfolio's classification under the
     Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act") as a "non-diversified"
     investment company allows it to invest, with respect to 50% of its total
     assets, more than 5% (but not more than 25%) of its total assets in the
     securities of any issuer.  The Portfolio is likely to invest a greater
     percentage of its assets in the securities of a single issuer than would a
     diversified fund.  Therefore, the Portfolio is more susceptible to any
     single adverse economic or political occurrence or development affecting
     issuers of Alabama obligations.
         

                                         A-4
<PAGE>






        
     Other Investment Practices
         
        
              The Portfolio may engage in the following investment practices,
     some of which may be considered to involve "derivative" instruments
     because they derive their value from another instrument, security or
     index.  In addition, the Portfolio may temporarily borrow up to 5% of the
     value of its total assets to satisfy redemption requests or settle
     securities transactions.
         
        
              When-Issued Securities.  The Portfolio may purchase securities on
     a "when-issued" basis, which means that payment and delivery occur on a
     future settlement date.  The price and yield of such securities are
     generally fixed on the date of commitment to purchase.  However, the
     market value of the securities may fluctuate prior to delivery and upon
     delivery the securities may be worth more or less than the Portfolio
     agreed to pay for them.  The Portfolio may also purchase instruments that
     give it the option to purchase a municipal obligation when and if issued.
         
         
              Inverse Floaters.  The Portfolio may invest in municipal
     securities whose interest rates bear an inverse relationship to the
     interest rate on another security or the value of an index ("inverse
     floaters").  An investment in inverse floaters may involve greater risk
     than an investment in a fixed rate bond.  Because changes in the interest
     rate on the other security or index inversely affect the residual interest
     paid on the inverse floater, the value of an inverse floater is generally
     more volatile than that of a fixed rate bond.  Inverse floaters have
     interest rate adjustment formulas which generally reduce or, in the
     extreme, eliminate the interest paid to the Portfolio when short-term
     interest rates rise, and increase the interest paid to the Portfolio when
     short-term interest rates fall.  Inverse floaters have varying degrees of
     liquidity, and the market for these securities is new and relatively
     volatile.  These securities tend to underperform the market for fixed rate
     bonds in a rising interest rate environment, but tend to outperform the
     market for fixed rate bonds when interest rates decline.  Shifts in long-
     term interest rates may, however, alter this tendency.  Although volatile,
     inverse floaters typically offer the potential for yields exceeding the
     yields available on fixed rate bonds with comparable credit quality and
     maturity.  These securities usually permit the investor to convert the
     floating rate to a fixed rate (normally adjusted downward), and this
     optional conversion feature may provide a partial hedge against rising
     rates if exercised at an opportune time.  Inverse floaters are leveraged
     because they provide two or more dollars of bond market exposure for every
     dollar invested.  As a matter of operating policy, the Portfolio currently
     may invest up to 7.5% of its net assets in inverse floaters.
         
        
              Futures Transactions.  The Portfolio may purchase and sell
     various kinds of financial futures contracts and options thereon to hedge

                                         A-5
<PAGE>






     against changes in interest rates.  The futures contracts may be based on
     various debt securities (such as U.S. Government securities), securities
     indices (such as the Municipal Bond Index traded on the Chicago Board of
     Trade) and other financial instruments and indices.  Such transactions
     involve a risk of loss or depreciation due to unanticipated adverse
     changes in securities prices, which may exceed the Portfolio's initial
     investment in these contracts.  The Portfolio may not purchase or sell
     futures contracts or related options, except for closing purchase or sale
     transactions, if immediately thereafter the sum of the amount of margin
     deposits and premiums paid on the Portfolio's outstanding positions would
     exceed 5% of the market value of the Portfolio's net assets.  These
     transactions involve transaction costs.  There can be no assurance that
     the Investment Adviser's use of futures will be advantageous to the
     Portfolio.
         
        

              Insured Obligations.  The Portfolio may purchase municipal bonds
     that are additionally secured by insurance, bank credit agreements, or
     escrow accounts.  The credit quality of companies which provide such
     credit enhancements will affect the value of those securities.  Although
     the insurance feature reduces certain financial risks, the premiums for
     insurance and the higher market price paid for insured obligations may
     reduce current yield.  Insurance generally will be obtained from insurers
     with a claims-paying ability rated Aaa by Moody's or AAA by S&P or Fitch. 
     The insurance does not guarantee the market value of the insured
     obligations or the net asset value of the Portfolio's interests.
         
        
     Additional Risk Considerations
         
        
              Many Alabama obligations offering current income are in the
     lowest investment grade category (Baa or BBB), lower categories or may be
     unrated.  As indicated above, the Portfolio may invest in Alabama
     obligations rated below investment grade (but not lower than B by Moody's,
     S&P or Fitch) and comparable unrated obligations.  The lowest investment
     grade, lower rated and comparable unrated Alabama obligations in which the
     Portfolio may invest will have speculative characteristics in varying
     degrees.  While such obligations may have some quality and protective
     characteristics, these characteristics can be expected to be offset or
     outweighed by uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions. 
     Lower rated and comparable unrated Alabama obligations are subject to the
     risk of an issuer's inability to meet principal and interest payments on
     the obligations (credit risk) and may also be subject to greater price
     volatility due to such factors as interest rate sensitivity, market
     perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market
     liquidity (market risk).  Lower rated or unrated Alabama obligations are
     also more likely to react to real or perceived developments affecting
     market and credit risk than are more highly rated obligations, which react
     primarily to movements in the general level of interest rates.  The
     Investment Adviser seeks to minimize the risks of investing in below

                                         A-6
<PAGE>






     investment grade securities through professional investment analysis and
     attention to current developments in interest rates and economic
     conditions.  When the Portfolio invests in lower rated and unrated Alabama
     obligations, the achievement of the Portfolio's goals is more dependent on
     the Investment Adviser's ability than would be the case if the Portfolio
     were investing in Alabama obligations in the higher rating categories.
         
        
              The Portfolio may retain defaulted obligations in its portfolio
     when such retention is considered desirable by the Investment Adviser.  In
     the case of a defaulted obligation, the Portfolio may incur additional
     expense seeking recovery of its investment.  Alabama obligations held by
     the Portfolio which are rated below investment grade, but which,
     subsequent to the assignment of such rating, are backed by escrow accounts
     containing U.S. Government obligations, may be determined by the
     Investment Adviser to be of investment grade quality for purposes of the
     Portfolio's investment policies.  The Portfolio may retain in its
     portfolio an obligation whose rating drops below B after its acquisition,
     if such retention is considered desirable by the Investment Adviser;
     provided, however, that holdings of obligations rated below Baa or BBB
     will not exceed 35% of net assets.  In the event the rating of an
     obligation held by the Portfolio is downgraded, causing the Portfolio to
     exceed this limitation, the Investment Adviser will (in an orderly fashion
     within a reasonable period of time) dispose of such obligations as it
     deems necessary in order to comply with the Portfolio's credit quality
     limitations.  For a description of municipal obligation ratings, see Part
     B.
         
        
              The net asset value of the Portfolio's interests will change in
     response to fluctuations in prevailing interest rates and changes in the
     value of the securities held by the Portfolio.  When interest rates
     decline, the value of securities held by the Portfolio can be expected to
     rise.  Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of most portfolio
     security holdings can be expected to decline.  Changes in the credit
     quality of the issuers of Alabama obligations held by the Portfolio will
     affect the principal value of (and possibly the income earned on) such
     obligations.  In addition, the values of such securities are affected by
     changes in general economic conditions and business conditions affecting
     the specific industries of their issuers.  Changes by recognized rating
     services in their ratings of a security and in the ability of the issuer
     to make payments of principal and interest may also affect the value of
     the Portfolio's investments.  The amount of information about the
     financial condition of an issuer of Alabama obligations may not be as
     extensive as that made available by corporations whose securities are
     publicly traded.  An investment in the Portfolio will not constitute a
     complete investment program.
         
        
              At times, a substantial portion of the Portfolio's assets may be
     invested in securities as to which the Portfolio, by itself or together
     with other accounts managed by the Investment Adviser and its affiliates,

                                         A-7
<PAGE>






     holds a major portion or all of such securities.  Under adverse market or
     economic conditions or in the event of adverse changes in the financial
     condition of the issuer, the Portfolio could find it more difficult to
     sell such securities when the Investment Adviser believes it advisable to
     do so or may be able to sell such securities only at prices lower than if
     such securities were more widely held.  Under such circumstances, it may
     also be more difficult to determine the fair value of such securities for
     purposes of computing the Portfolio's net asset value.
         
        
              The secondary market for some Alabama obligations (including
     issues that are privately placed with the Portfolio) is less liquid than
     that for taxable debt obligations or other more widely traded municipal
     obligations.  The Portfolio will not invest in illiquid securities if more
     than 15% of its net assets would be invested in securities that are not
     readily marketable.  No established resale market exists for certain of
     the Alabama obligations in which the Portfolio may invest.  The market for
     obligations rated below investment grade is also likely to be less liquid
     than the market for higher rated obligations.  As a result, the Portfolio
     may be unable to dispose of these Alabama obligations at times when it
     would otherwise wish to do so at the prices at which they are valued.
         
        
              Certain securities held by the Portfolio may permit the issuer at
     its option to "call", or redeem, its securities.  If an issuer redeems
     securities held by the Portfolio during a time of declining interest
     rates, the Portfolio may not be able to reinvest the proceeds in
     securities providing the same investment return as the securities
     redeemed.
         
        
              Some of the securities in which the Portfolio invests may include
     so-called "zero-coupon" bonds, whose values are subject to greater
     fluctuation in response to changes in market interest rates than bonds
     that pay interest currently.  Zero-coupon bonds are issued at a
     significant discount from face value and pay interest only at maturity
     rather than at intervals during the life of the security.  The Portfolio
     is required to accrue and distribute income from zero-coupon bonds on a
     current basis, even though it does not receive that income currently in
     cash.  Thus, the Portfolio may have to sell other investments to obtain
     cash needed to make income distributions.
         
        
              The Portfolio may invest in municipal leases, and participations
     in municipal leases.  The obligation of the issuer to meet its obligations
     under such leases is often subject to the appropriation by the appropriate
     legislative body, on an annual or other basis, of funds for the payment of
     the obligations.  Investments in municipal leases are thus subject to the
     risk that the legislative body will not make the necessary appropriation
     and the issuer will not otherwise be willing or able to meet its
     obligation.
         

                                         A-8
<PAGE>






        
              The Portfolio has adopted certain fundamental investment
              restrictions which are enumerated in detail in Part B and which
              may not be changed unless authorized by an investor vote.  Except
              for such enumerated restrictions and as otherwise indicated in
              this Part A, the investment objective and policies of the
              Portfolio are not fundamental policies and accordingly may be
              changed by the Trustees of the Portfolio without obtaining the
              approval of the investors in the Portfolio.  If any changes were
              made in the Portfolio's investment objective, the Portfolio might
              have investment objectives different from the objective that an
              investor considered appropriate at the time the investor became
              an interestholder in the Portfolio. 
         

     Item 5.  Management of the Portfolio

        
              The Portfolio is organized as a trust under the laws of the State
     of New York.  The Portfolio intends to comply with all applicable federal
     and state securities laws.
         

              Investment Adviser.  The Portfolio engages BMR, a wholly-owned
     subsidiary of Eaton Vance Management ("Eaton Vance"), as its investment
     adviser.  Eaton Vance, its affiliates and its predecessor companies have
     been managing assets of individuals and institutions since 1924 and
     managing investment companies since 1931.

        
              Acting under the general supervision of the Board of Trustees,
     BMR manages the Portfolio's investments and affairs and furnishes for the
     use of the Portfolio office space and all necessary office facilities,
     equipment and personnel for servicing the investments of the Portfolio. 
     Under its investment advisory agreement with the Portfolio, BMR receives a
     monthly advisory fee equal to the aggregate of:
         
              (a)     a daily asset-based fee computed by applying the annual
                      asset rate applicable to that portion of the total daily
                      net assets in each Category as indicated below, plus

              (b)     a daily income-based fee computed by applying the daily
                      income rate applicable to that portion of the total daily
                      gross income (which portion shall bear the same
                      relationship to the total daily gross income on such day
                      as that portion of the total daily net assets in the same
                      Category bears to the total daily net assets on such day)
                      in each Category as indicated below:





                                         A-9
<PAGE>






                                                                 Annual  Daily
                                                                 Asset   Income
     Category         Daily Net Assets                           Rate    Rate

     1                Up to $20 million                          0.100%  1.00%
     2                $20 million but less than $40 million      0.200%  2.00%
     3                $40 million but less than $500 million     0.300%  3.00%
     4                $500 million but less than $1 billion      0.275%  2.75%
     5                $1 billion but less than $1.5 billion      0.250%  2.50%
     6                $1.5 billion but less than $2 billion      0.225%  2.25%
     7                $2 billion but less than $3 billion        0.200%  2.00%
     8                $3 billion and over                        0.175%  1.75%

        
              As at August 31, 1995, the Portfolio had net assets of
     $118,486,053.  For the fiscal year ended August 31, 1995, the Portfolio
     paid BMR advisory fees equivalent to 0.40% of the Portfolio's average
     daily net assets for such year.
         

              The Portfolio is responsible for the payment of all expenses
     other than those expressly stated to be payable by BMR under the
     investment advisory agreement.

              Timothy T. Browse has acted as the portfolio manager since the
     Portfolio commenced operations.  He has been a Vice President of Eaton
     Vance and of BMR since 1993 and an employee of Eaton Vance since 1992. 
     Prior to joining Eaton Vance, he was a municipal bond trader at Fidelity
     Management & Research Company (1987-1992). 


              Municipal obligations, including Alabama obligations, are
     normally traded on a net basis (without commission) through broker-dealers
     and banks acting for their own account.  Such firms attempt to profit from
     such transactions by buying at the bid price and selling at the higher
     asked price of the market, and the difference is customarily referred to
     as the spread.  In selecting firms which will execute portfolio
     transactions, BMR judges their professional ability and quality of service
     and uses its best efforts to obtain execution at prices which are
     advantageous to the Portfolio and at reasonably competitive spreads. 
     Subject to the foregoing, BMR may consider sales of shares of other
     investment companies sponsored by BMR or Eaton Vance as a factor in the
     selection of firms to execute portfolio transactions.

        
              BMR or Eaton Vance acts as investment adviser to investment
     companies and various individual and institutional clients with assets
     under management of approximately $16 billion.  Eaton Vance is a
     wholly-owned subsidiary of Eaton Vance Corp., a publicly held holding
     company.  Eaton Vance Corp., through its subsidiaries and affiliates,
     engages in investment management and marketing activities, fiduciary and


                                         A-10
<PAGE>






     banking services, oil and gas operations, real estate investment,
     consulting and management, and development of precious metals properties.
         

     Item 6.  Capital Stock and Other Securities

        
              The Portfolio is organized as a trust under the laws of the State
     of New York and intends to be treated as a partnership for federal tax
     purposes.  Under the Declaration of Trust, the Trustees are authorized to
     issue interests in the Portfolio.  Each investor is entitled to a vote in
     proportion to the amount of its investment in the Portfolio.  Investments
     in the Portfolio may not be transferred, but an investor may withdraw all
     or any portion of its investment at any time at net asset value. 
     Investors in the Portfolio will each be liable for all obligations of the
     Portfolio.  However, the risk of an investor in the Portfolio incurring
     financial loss on account of such liability is limited to circumstances in
     which both inadequate insurance exists and the Portfolio itself is unable
     to meet its obligations.
         
        
              The Declaration of Trust provides that the Portfolio will
     terminate 120 days after the complete withdrawal of any investor in the
     Portfolio unless either the remaining investors, by unanimous vote at a
     meeting of such investors, or a majority of the Trustees of the Portfolio,
     by written instrument consented to by all investors, agree to continue the
     business of the Portfolio.  This provision is consistent with the
     treatment of the Portfolio as a partnership for federal income tax
     purposes.
         

              Investments in the Portfolio have no preemptive or conversion
     rights and are fully paid and nonassessable by the Portfolio, except as
     set forth above.  The Portfolio is not required and has no current
     intention to hold annual meetings of investors, but the Portfolio may hold
     special meetings of investors when in the judgment of the Trustees it is
     necessary or desirable to submit matters for an investor vote.  Changes in
     fundamental policies or restrictions will be submitted to  investors for
     approval.  The investment objective and all nonfundamental investment
     policies of the Portfolio may be changed by the Trustees of the Portfolio
     without obtaining the approval of the investors in the Portfolio. 
     Investors have under certain circumstances (e.g., upon application and
     submission of certain specified documents to the Trustees by a specified
     number of investors) the right to communicate with other investors in
     connection with requesting a meeting of investors for the purpose of
     removing one or more Trustees.  Any Trustee may be removed by the
     affirmative vote of holders of two-thirds of the interest in the
     Portfolio.

        
              Information regarding pooled investment entities or funds which
     invest in the Portfolio may be obtained by contacting Eaton Vance

                                         A-11
<PAGE>






     Distributors, Inc., 24 Federal Street, Boston, MA 02110 (617) 482-8260. 
     Smaller investors in the Portfolio may be adversely affected by the
     actions of larger investors in the Portfolio.  For example, if a large
     investor withdraws from the Portfolio, the remaining investors may
     experience higher pro rata operating expenses, thereby producing lower
     returns.  Additionally, the Portfolio may hold fewer securities, resulting
     in increased portfolio risk, and experience decreasing economies of scale. 
     However, this possibility exists as well for historically structured funds
     which have large or institutional investors.
         
        
              As of December 4, 1995, EV Marathon Alabama Tax Free Fund
     controlled the Portfolio by virtue of owning approximately 92.4% of the
     outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio.
         
        
              The net asset value of the Portfolio is determined each day on
     which the New York Stock Exchange (the "Exchange") is open for trading
     ("Portfolio Business Day").  This determination is made each Portfolio
     Business Day as of the close of regular trading on the Exchange (currently
     4:00 p.m., New York time) (the "Portfolio Valuation Time").
         
        
              Each investor in the Portfolio may add to or reduce its
     investment in the Portfolio on each Portfolio Business Day as of the
     Portfolio Valuation Time.  The value of each investor's interest in the
     Portfolio will be determined by multiplying the net asset value of the
     Portfolio by the percentage, determined on the prior Portfolio Business
     Day, which represents that investor's share of the aggregate interest in
     the Portfolio on such prior day.  Any additions or withdrawals for the
     current Portfolio Business Day will then be recorded.  Each investor's
     percentage of the aggregate interest in the Portfolio will then be
     recomputed as a percentage equal to a fraction (i) the numerator of which
     is the value of such investor's investment in the Portfolio as of the
     Portfolio Valuation Time on the prior Portfolio Business Day plus or
     minus, as the case may be, the amount of any additions to or withdrawals
     from the investor's investment in the Portfolio on the current Portfolio
     Business Day and (ii) the denominator of which is the aggregate net asset
     value of the Portfolio as of the Portfolio Valuation Time on the prior
     Portfolio Business Day plus or minus, as the case may be, the amount of
     the net additions to or withdrawals from the aggregate investment in the
     Portfolio on the current Portfolio Business Day by all investors in the
     Portfolio.  The percentage so determined will then be applied to determine
     the value of the investor's interest in the Portfolio for the current
     Portfolio Business Day.
         
        
              The Portfolio will allocate at least annually among its investors
     each investor's distributive share of the Portfolio's net taxable (if any)
     and tax-exempt investment income, net realized capital gains, and any
     other items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit.  The Portfolio's
     net investment income consists of all income accrued on the Portfolio's

                                         A-12
<PAGE>






     assets, less all actual and accrued expenses of the Portfolio, determined
     in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
         
        
              Under the anticipated method of operation of the Portfolio, the
     Portfolio will not be subject to any federal income tax.  (See Part B,
     Item 20.)  However, each investor in the Portfolio will take into account
     its allocable share of the Portfolio's ordinary income and capital gain in
     determining its federal income tax liability.  The determination of each
     such share will be made in accordance with the governing instruments of
     the Portfolio, which are intended to comply with the requirements of the
     Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
         
        
              It is intended that the Portfolio's assets and income will be
     managed in such a way that an investor in the Portfolio which seeks to
     qualify as a regulated investment company ("RIC") under the Code will be
     able to satisfy the requirements for such qualification.
         

     Item 7.  Purchase of Interests in the Portfolio

              Interests in the Portfolio are issued solely in private placement
     transactions that do not involve any "public offering" within the meaning
     of Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act.  See "General Description of Registrant"
     above.

        
              An investment in the Portfolio will be made without a sales load. 
     All investments received by the Portfolio will be effected as of the next
     Portfolio Valuation Time.  The net asset value of the Portfolio is
     determined at the Portfolio Valuation Time on each Portfolio Business Day. 
     The Portfolio will be closed for business and will not determine its net
     asset value on the following business holidays: New Year's Day,
     Presidents' Day, Good Friday (a New York Stock Exchange holiday), Memorial
     Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.  The
     Portfolio's net asset value is computed in accordance with procedures
     established by the Portfolio's Trustees.
         
        

              The Portfolio's net asset value is determined by Investors Bank &
     Trust Company (as custodian and agent for the Portfolio) based on market
     or fair value in the manner authorized by the Trustees of the Portfolio. 
     The net asset value is computed by subtracting the liabilities of the
     Portfolio from the value of its total assets.  Inasmuch as the market for
     Alabama obligations is a dealer market with no central trading location or
     continuous quotation system, it is not feasible to obtain last transaction
     prices for most Alabama obligations held by the Portfolio, and such
     obligations, including those purchased on a when-issued basis, will
     normally be valued on the basis of valuations furnished by a pricing
     service.  The pricing service uses information with respect to

                                         A-13
<PAGE>






     transactions in bonds, quotations from bond dealers, market transactions
     in comparable securities, various relationships between securities, and
     yield to maturity in determining value.  Taxable obligations for which
     price quotations are readily available normally will be valued at the mean
     between the latest available bid and asked prices.  Open futures positions
     on debt securities are valued at the most recent settlement prices unless
     such price does not reflect the fair value of the contract, in which case
     the positions will be valued by or at the direction of the Trustees of the
     Portfolio.  Other assets are valued at fair value using methods determined
     in good faith by or at the direction of the Trustees.  For further
     information regarding the valuation of the Portfolio's assets, see Part B.
         

              There is no minimum initial or subsequent investment in the
     Portfolio.  The Portfolio reserves the right to cease accepting
     investments at any time or to reject any investment order.

              The placement agent for the Portfolio is Eaton Vance
     Distributors, Inc. ("EVD").  The principal business address of EVD is 24
     Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.  EVD receives no compensation
     for serving as the placement agent for the Portfolio.

     Item 8.  Redemption or Decrease of Interest
        
              An investor in the Portfolio may withdraw all of (redeem) or any
     portion of (decrease) its interest in the Portfolio if a withdrawal
     request in proper form is furnished by the investor to the Portfolio.  All
     withdrawals will be effected as of the next Portfolio Valuation Time.  The
     proceeds of a withdrawal will be paid by the Portfolio normally on the
     Portfolio Business Day the withdrawal is effected, but in any event within
     seven days.  The Portfolio reserves the right to pay the proceeds of a
     withdrawal (whether a redemption or decrease) by a distribution in kind of
     portfolio securities (instead of cash).  The securities so distributed
     would be valued at the same amount as that assigned to them in calculating
     the net asset value for the interest (whether complete or partial) being
     withdrawn.  If an investor received a distribution in kind upon such
     withdrawal, the investor could incur brokerage and other charges in
     converting the securities to cash.  The Portfolio has filed with the
     Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") a notification of
     election on Form N-18F-1 committing to pay in cash all requests for
     withdrawals by any investor, limited in amount with respect to such
     investor during any 90 day period to the lesser of (a) $250,000 or (b) 1%
     of the net asset value of the Portfolio at the beginning of such period.
         

              Investments in the Portfolio may not be transferred.

              The right of any investor to receive payment with respect to any
     withdrawal may be suspended or the payment of the withdrawal proceeds
     postponed during any period in which the Exchange is closed (other than
     weekends or holidays) or trading on the Exchange is restricted or, to the
     extent otherwise permitted by the 1940 Act, if an emergency exists, or

                                         A-14
<PAGE>






     during any other period permitted by order of the Commission for the
     protection of investors.

     Item 9.  Pending Legal Proceedings

     Not applicable.















































                                         A-15
<PAGE>






                                       PART B

     Item 10.  Cover Page

     Not applicable.

     Item 11.  Table of Contents
        
                                                                         Page 

     General Information and History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-1 
     Investment Objectives and Policies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-1 
     Management of the Portfolio   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-16
     Control Persons and Principal Holder of Securities  . . . . . . .  B-19
     Investment Advisory and Other Services  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-19
     Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices  . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-22
     Capital Stock and Other Securities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-25
     Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Securities  . . . . . . . . .  B-27
     Tax Status  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-27
     Underwriters  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-31
     Calculation of Performance Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-31
     Financial Statements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-31
     Appendix  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  a-1 
         

     Item 12.  General Information and History

     Not applicable.

     Item 13.  Investment Objectives and Policies

             Part A contains additional information about the investment
     objective and policies of the Alabama Tax Free Portfolio (the
     "Portfolio").  This Part B should be read in conjunction with Part A. 
     Capitalized terms used in this Part B and not otherwise defined have the
     meanings given them in Part A.

     Alabama Obligations
        
             As used in this Part B, the term "Alabama obligations" refers to
     debt obligations issued by the State of Alabama and its political
     subdivisions (for example, counties, cities, towns, districts and
     authorities) and the governments of Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands
     and Guam, the interest on which is exempt from regular federal income tax
     and Alabama State personal income taxes.  In general, there are three
     categories of Alabama obligations the interest on which is exempt from
     federal income tax and is not a tax preference item for purposes of the
     federal alternative minimum tax: (i) certain "public purpose" obligations
     (whenever issued), which include obligations issued directly by state and
     local governments or their agencies to fulfill essential governmental
     functions; (ii) certain obligations issued before August 8, 1986 for the
     benefit of non-governmental persons or entities; and (iii) certain

                                         B-1
<PAGE>






     "private activity bonds" issued after August 7, 1986, which include
     "qualified Section 501(c)(3) bonds" or refundings of certain obligations
     included in the second category. In assessing the federal income tax
     treatment of interest on any such obligation, the Portfolio will generally
     rely on an opinion of the issuer's counsel (when available) and will not
     undertake any independent verification of the basis for the opinion. 
     Municipal bonds are issued to obtain funds for various public and private
     purposes.  Such obligations include bonds, as well as tax-exempt
     commercial paper, project notes, and municipal notes such as tax, revenue
     and bond anticipation notes of short maturity, generally less than three
     years.  The two principal classifications of municipal bonds are "general
     obligation" bonds and "revenue" bonds.
         
        
             Interest on certain "private activity bonds" issued after August
     7, 1986 is exempt from regular federal income tax, but such interest is
     treated as a tax preference item that could subject the recipient to or
     increase the recipient's liability for the federal alternative minimum
     tax.  It should be noted that, for a corporate holder (other than a
     regulated investment company) of an interest in the Portfolio, interest on
     all Alabama obligations (whenever issued) is included in "adjusted current
     earnings" for purposes of the federal alternative minimum tax as applied
     to corporations (to the extent not already included in alternative minimum
     taxable income as income attributable to private activity bonds).
         
        
             Market discount on long-term tax-exempt municipal obligations
     (i.e., obligations with a term of more than one year) purchased in the
     secondary market after April 30, 1993 is taxable as ordinary income.  A
     long-term debt obligation is generally treated as acquired at a market
     discount if the secondary market purchase price is less than (i) the
     stated principal amount payable at maturity, in the case of an obligation
     that does not have original issue discount or (ii) in the case of an
     obligation that does have original issue discount, the sum of the issue
     price and any original issue discount that accrued before the obligation
     was purchased, subject to a de minimis exclusion.
         

             Issuers of general obligation bonds include states, counties,
     cities, towns and regional districts.  The proceeds of these obligations
     are used to fund a wide range of public projects including the
     construction or improvement of schools, highways and roads, water and
     sewer systems and a variety of other public purposes.  The basic security
     of general obligation bonds is the issuer's pledge of its faith, credit
     and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest.  The taxes
     that can be levied for the payment of debt service may be limited or
     unlimited as to rate and amount.

             The principal security for a revenue bond is generally the net
     revenues derived from a particular facility or group of facilities or, in
     some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise or other specific
     revenue source.  Revenue bonds have been issued to fund a wide variety of

                                         B-2
<PAGE>






     capital projects including: electric, gas, water, sewer and solid waste
     disposal systems; highways, bridges and tunnels; port, airport and parking
     facilities; transportation systems; housing facilities, colleges and
     universities and hospitals.  Although the principal security behind these
     bonds varies widely, many provide additional security in the form of a
     debt service reserve fund whose monies may be used to make principal and
     interest payments on the issuer's obligations.  Housing finance
     authorities have a wide range of security including partially or fully
     insured, rent subsidized and/or collateralized mortgages, and/or the net
     revenues from housing or other public projects.  In addition to a debt
     service reserve fund, some authorities provide further security in the
     form of a state's ability (without legal obligation) to make up
     deficiencies in the debt service reserve fund.  Lease rental revenue bonds
     issued by a state or local authority for capital projects are normally
     secured by annual lease rental payments from the state or locality to the
     authority sufficient to cover debt service on the authority's obligations. 
     Such payments are usually subject to annual appropriations by the state or
     locality.

        
             Industrial development and pollution control bonds are in most
     cases revenue bonds and are generally not secured by the taxing power of
     the municipality, but are usually secured by the revenues derived by the
     authority from payments of the industrial user or users.
         

             The Portfolio may on occasion acquire revenue bonds which carry
     warrants or similar rights covering equity securities.  Such warrants or
     rights may be held indefinitely, but if exercised, the Portfolio
     anticipates that it would, under normal circumstances, dispose of any
     equity securities so acquired within a reasonable period of time.

             While most municipal bonds pay a fixed rate of interest
     semi-annually in cash, there are exceptions.  Some bonds pay no periodic
     cash interest, but rather make a single payment at maturity representing
     both principal and interest.  Bonds may be issued or subsequently offered
     with interest coupons materially greater or less than those then
     prevailing, with price adjustments reflecting such deviation.

             The obligations of any person or entity to pay the principal of
     and interest on a Alabama obligation are subject to the provisions of
     bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of
     creditors, such as the Federal Bankruptcy Act, and laws, if any, which may
     be enacted by Congress or state legislatures extending the time for
     payment of principal or interest, or both, or imposing other constraints
     upon enforcement of such obligations.  There is also the possibility that
     as a result of litigation or other conditions the power or ability of any
     person or entity to pay when due principal of and interest on a municipal
     obligation may be materially affected.  There have been recent instances
     of defaults and bankruptcies involving municipal obligations which were
     not foreseen by the financial and investment communities.  The Portfolio
     will take whatever action it considers appropriate in the event of

                                         B-3
<PAGE>






     anticipated financial difficulties, default or bankruptcy of either the
     issuer of any municipal obligation or of the underlying source of funds
     for debt service.  Such action may include retaining the services of
     various persons or firms (including affiliates of the Investment Adviser)
     to evaluate or protect any real estate, facilities or other assets
     securing any such obligation or acquired by the Portfolio as a result of
     any such event, and the Portfolio may also manage (or engage other persons
     to manage) or otherwise deal with any real estate, facilities or other
     assets so acquired.  The Portfolio anticipates that real estate consulting
     and management services may be required with respect to properties
     securing various municipal obligations in its portfolio or subsequently
     acquired by the Portfolio.  The Portfolio will incur additional
     expenditures in taking protective action with respect to portfolio
     obligations in default and assets securing such obligations.

        
             The yields on Alabama obligations will be dependent on a variety
     of factors, including purposes of issue and source of funds for repayment,
     general money market conditions, general conditions of the municipal bond
     market, size of a particular offering, maturity of the obligation and
     rating of the issue.  The ratings of Moody's, S&P and Fitch represent
     their opinions as to the quality of the municipal obligations which they
     undertake to rate.  It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are
     based on judgment and are not absolute standards of quality. 
     Consequently, Alabama obligations with the same maturity, coupon and
     rating may have different yields while obligations of the same maturity
     and coupon with different ratings may have the same yield.  In addition,
     the market price of such obligations will normally fluctuate with changes
     in interest rates, and therefore the net asset value of the Portfolio will
     be affected by such changes.
         

     Risks of Concentration
        
             Alabama Obligations.  The following information as to certain
     Alabama considerations is given to investors in view of the Portfolio's
     policy of concentrating its investments in Alabama issuers.  Such
     information supplements the information in Part A.  It is derived from
     sources that are generally available to investors and is believed to be
     accurate.  Such information constitutes only a brief summary, does not
     purport to be a complete description and is based on information from
     official statements relating to securities offerings of Alabama issuers. 
     The Portfolio has not independently verified this information.
         

             Alabama's business cycle is closely related to the national
     economy, due to its manufacturing based economy.  The State's economy has
     changed little in the past few years.  Growth in machinery, aerospace and
     electronic manufacturing have become increasingly important to the State. 
     The present movement toward diversification of the State's manufacturing
     base and a similar trend toward enlargement and diversification of the
     service industries are expected to lead to increased stability.  With its

                                         B-4
<PAGE>






     strong natural gas and oil deposits, Alabama is well positioned in energy
     markets.  An important factor affecting the economy is the State-owned
     Port of Mobile, which handles primarily coal exports and serves as a major
     Gulf Coast port.  The Port of Mobile is one of the nation's busiest ports
     in tons of cargo handled.

        
             Although manufacturing remains the largest employment sector, the
     State economy has become less dependent on manufacturing.  Strong growth
     in the service and wholesale/retail trade sectors combined with a
     weakening manufacturing section has enabled the economy to become more
     diverse.  However, its reliance on the manufacturing sector remains
     significantly greater than the national average.  In the past several
     years, the loss of manufacturing jobs has been primarily as a result of
     weakness in the durable goods sector.  Overall, non-agricultural
     employment has grown steadily during the past five years.  
         
        
             For March 1994, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics, the
     seasonally adjusted unemployment rate for the State was 6.5% of the labor
     force, as compared with an unemployment rate of 6.5% for the United
     States.  As of 1991, the State's wealth levels were among the lowest in
     the nation with its per capita 80.9% of the national average.
         
        
             Obligations of Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands and Guam. 
     Subject to the Portfolio's investment policies as set forth in Part A, the
     Portfolio may invest in the obligations of the governments of Puerto Rico,
     the U.S. Virgin Islands and Guam (the "Territories").  Accordingly, the
     Portfolio may be adversely affected by local political and economic
     conditions and developments within the Territories affecting the issuers
     of such obligations.
         
        
             Puerto Rico has a diversified economy dominated by the
     manufacturing and service sectors.  The three largest sectors of the
     economy (as a percentage of employment) are services (47%), government
     (22%) and manufacturing (16.4%).  These three sectors represent 39%, 11%
     and 39%, respectively, of the gross domestic product.  The service sector
     is the fastest growing, while the government and manufacturing sectors
     have been stagnant for the past five years.  The North American Free Trade
     Agreement (NAFTA), which became effective January 1, 1994, could lead to
     the loss of Puerto Rico's lower salaried or labor intensive jobs to
     Mexico.  The June 1995 unemployment rate was 13.9%.
         
        
               The Commonwealth of Puerto Rico exercises virtually the same
     control over its internal affairs as do the fifty states; however, it
     differs from the states in its relationship with the federal government. 
     Most federal taxes, except those such as social security taxes that are
     imposed by mutual consent, are not levied in Puerto Rico.  However, in
     conjunction with the 1993 U.S. budget plan, Section 936 of the Code was

                                         B-5
<PAGE>






     amended and provided for two alternative limitations to the Section 936
     credit.  The first option will limit the credit against such income to 40%
     of the credit allowable under current law, with a five year phase-in
     period starting at 60% of the allowable credit.  The second option is a
     wage and depreciation based credit.  The reduction of the tax benefits to
     those U.S. companies with operations in Puerto Rico may lead to slower
     growth in the future.  There can be no assurance that these modifications
     will not lead to a weakened economy, a lower rating on Puerto Rico's debt
     or lower prices for Puerto Rican bonds that may be held by the Portfolio.
         
        
               Puerto Rico's financial reporting was first conformed to
     generally accepted accounting principles in fiscal 1990.  Nonrecurring
     revenues have been used frequently to balance recent years' budgets.  In
     November, 1993 Puerto Ricans voted on whether they wished to retain their
     Commonwealth status, become a state or establish an independent nation. 
     Puerto Ricans voted to retain Commonwealth status, leaving intact the
     current relationship with the federal government.  There can be no
     assurance that the statehood issue will not be brought to a vote in the
     future.  A successful statehood vote in Puerto Rico would then require
     ratification by the U.S. Congress.
         
        
               The United States Virgin Islands (USVI) are located
     approximately 1,100 miles east-southeast of Miami and are made up of St.
     Croix, St. Thomas and St. John.  The economy is heavily reliant on the
     tourism industry, with roughly 43% of non-agricultural employment in
     tourist-related trade and services.  The tourism industry is economically
     sensitive and would likely be adversely affected by a recession in either
     the United States or Europe. In September 1995, St. Thomas was hit by a
     hurricane and sustained extensive damage.  The longer term impact on the
     tourism industry is not yet known.  There can be no assurance that the
     market for USVI bonds will not be affected.
         
        
               An important component of the USVI revenue base is the federal
     excise tax on rum exports.  Tax revenues rebated by the federal government
     to the USVI provide the primary security of many outstanding USVI bonds. 
     Because more than 90% of the rum distilled in the USVI is distilled at one
     plant, any interruption in its operations (as occurred after Hurricane
     Hugo in 1989) would adversely affect these revenues.  Consequently, there
     can be no assurance that rum exports to the United States and the rebate
     of tax revenues to the USVI will continue at their present levels.  The
     preferential tariff treatment the USVI rum industry currently enjoys could
     be reduced under NAFTA.  Increased competition from Mexican rum producers
     could reduce USVI rum imported to the U.S., decreasing excise tax revenues
     generated.  The USVI experienced a budget deficit in 1989 due to wage
     settlements with the unionized government employees.  A deficit was
     experienced also in 1990 due to Hurricane Hugo.  The USVI recorded a small
     surplus in fiscal year 1991.  At the end of fiscal 1992, the last year for
     which results are available, the USVI had an unreserved General Fund
     deficit of approximately $8.31 million, or approximately 2.1% of

                                         B-6
<PAGE>






     expenditures.  In order to close a forecasted fiscal 1994 revenue gap of
     $45.6 million, the Department of Finance has proposed several tax
     increases and fund transfers.  There is currently no rated, unenhanced
     U.S. Virgin Islands debt outstanding (although there is unrated debt
     outstanding).
         
        
               Guam, an unincorporated U.S. territory, is located 1,500 miles
     southeast of Tokyo.  The U.S. military is a key component of Guam's
     economy.  The federal government directly comprises more than 10% of the
     employment base, with a substantial component of the service sector to
     support these personnel.  Guam is expected to benefit from the closure of
     the Subic Bay Naval Base and the Clark Air Force Base in the Philippines. 
     The Naval Air Station, one of several U.S. military facilities on the
     island, has been slated for closure by the Defense Base Closure and
     Realignment Committee; however, the administration plans to use these
     facilities to expand the Island's commercial airport.  Guam is also
     heavily reliant on tourists, particularly the Japanese.  During 1994, the
     financial position of Guam was weakened as it incurred an unaudited
     General Fund operating deficit.  The administration has taken steps to
     improve its financial position; however, there are no guarantees that an
     improvement will be realized.  Guam's general obligation debt is rated Baa
     by Moody's.
         
        
             Obligations of Particular Types of Issuers.  The Portfolio may
     invest 25% or more of its total assets in Alabama obligations of the same
     type.  There could be economic, business or political developments which
     might affect all Alabama obligations of a similar type.  In particular,
     investments in the industrial revenue bonds listed above might involve
     (without limitation) the following risks.
         
        
               Hospital bond ratings are often based on feasibility studies
     which contain projections of expenses, revenues and occupancy levels. 
     Among the influences affecting a hospital's gross receipts and net income
     available to service its debt are demand for hospital services, the
     ability of the hospital to provide the services required, management
     capabilities, economic developments in the service area, efforts by
     insurers and government agencies to limit rates and expenses, confidence
     in the hospital, service area economic developments, competition,
     availability and expense of malpractice insurance, Medicaid and Medicare
     funding and possible federal legislation limiting the rates of increase of
     hospital charges.
         

               Electric utilities face problems in financing large construction
     programs in an inflationary period, cost increases and delay occasioned by
     safety and environmental considerations (particularly with respect to
     nuclear facilities), difficulty in obtaining fuel at reasonable prices,
     and in achieving timely and adequate rate relief from regulatory


                                         B-7
<PAGE>






     commissions, effects of energy conservation and limitations on the
     capacity of the capital market to absorb utility debt.

        
         

        
               Life care facilities are an alternative form of long-term
     housing for the elderly which offer residents the independence of a
     condominium life style and, if needed, the comprehensive care of nursing
     home services.  Bonds to finance these facilities have been issued by
     various state and local authorities.  Because the bonds are normally
     secured only by the revenues of each facility and not by state or local
     government tax payments, they are subject to a wide variety of risks. 
     Primarily, the projects must maintain adequate occupancy levels to be able
     to provide revenues sufficient to meet debt service payments.  Moreover,
     because a portion of housing, medical care and other services may be
     financed by an initial deposit, it is important that the facility maintain
     adequate financial reserves to secure estimated actuarial liabilities. 
     The ability of management to accurately forecast inflationary cost
     pressures is an important factor in this process.  The facilities may also
     be affected adversely by regulatory cost restrictions applied to health
     care delivery in general, particularly state regulations or changes in
     Medicare and Medicaid payments or qualifications, or restrictions imposed
     by medical insurance companies.  They may also face competition from
     alternative health care or conventional housing facilities in the private
     or public sector.
         
        
     Municipal Leases
         
        
             The Portfolio may invest in municipal leases and participations
     therein, which arrangements frequently involve special risks. Municipal
     leases are obligations in the form of a lease or installment purchase
     arrangement which are issued by a state or local government to acquire
     equipment and facilities. Interest income from such obligations is
     generally exempt from local and state taxes in the state of issuance.
     "Participations" in such leases are undivided interests in a portion of
     the total obligation. Participations entitle their holders to receive a
     pro rata share of all payments under the lease. A trustee is usually
     responsible for administering the terms of the participation and enforcing
     the participants' rights in the underlying lease. Leases and installment
     purchase or conditional sale contracts (which normally provide for title
     to the leased asset to pass eventually to the governmental issuer) have
     evolved as a means for governmental issuers to acquire property and
     equipment without meeting the constitutional and statutory requirements
     for the issuance of debt. State debt-issuance limitations are deemed to be
     inapplicable to these arrangements because of the inclusion in many leases
     or contracts of "non-appropriation" clauses that provide that the
     governmental issuer has no obligation to make future payments under the
     lease or contract unless money is appropriated for such purpose by the

                                         B-8
<PAGE>






     appropriate legislative body on a yearly or other periodic basis. Such
     arrangements are, therefore, subject to the risk that the governmental
     issuer will not appropriate funds for lease payments. 
         

        
             Certain municipal lease obligations owned by the Portfolio may be
     deemed illiquid for purposes of the Portfolio's 15% limitation on
     investments in illiquid securities, unless determined by the Investment
     Adviser, pursuant to guidelines adopted by the Trustees, to be liquid
     securities for purposes of such limitation. In determining the liquidity
     of municipal lease obligations, the Investment Adviser will consider a
     variety of factors including: (1) the willingness of dealers to bid for
     the security; (2) the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the
     obligation and the number of other potential buyers; (3) the frequency of
     trades and quotes for the obligation; and (4) the nature of the
     marketplace trades. In addition, the Investment Adviser will consider
     factors unique to particular lease obligations affecting the marketability
     thereof. These include the general creditworthiness of the municipality,
     the importance of the property covered by the lease to the municipality,
     and the likelihood that the marketability of the obligation will be
     maintained throughout the time the obligation is held by the Portfolio. In
     the event the Portfolio acquires an unrated municipal lease obligation,
     the Investment Adviser will be responsible for determining the credit
     quality of such obligation on an ongoing basis, including an assessment of
     the likelihood that the lease may or may not be canceled.
         

     Zero Coupon Bonds

             Zero coupon bonds are debt obligations which do not require the
     periodic payment of interest and are issued at a significant discount from
     face value.  The discount approximates the total amount of interest the
     bonds will accrue and compound over the period until maturity at a rate of
     interest reflecting the market rate of the security at the time of
     issuance.  Zero coupon bonds benefit the issuer by mitigating its need for
     cash to meet debt service, but also require a higher rate of return to
     attract investors who are willing to defer receipt of such cash.

     Insurance

             Insured Alabama obligations held by the Portfolio (if any) will be
     insured as to their scheduled payment of principal and interest under
     either (i) an insurance policy obtained by the issuer or underwriter of
     the obligation at the time of its original issuance or (ii) an insurance
     policy obtained by the Portfolio or a third party subsequent to the
     obligation's original issuance (which may not be reflected in the
     obligation's market value).  In either event, such insurance may provide
     that, in the event of nonpayment of interest or principal when due with
     respect to an insured obligation, the insurer is not required to make such
     payment until a specified time has lapsed (which may be 30 days or more
     after notice).

                                         B-9
<PAGE>






     Credit Quality

        
             The Portfolio is dependent on the Investment Adviser's judgment,
     analysis and experience in evaluating the quality of Alabama obligations. 
     In evaluating the credit quality of a particular issue, when rated or
     unrated, the Investment Adviser will normally take into consideration,
     among other things, the financial resources of the issuer (or, as
     appropriate, of the underlying source of funds for debt service), its
     sensitivity to economic conditions and trends, any operating history of
     and the community support for the facility financed by the issuer, the
     ability of the issuer's management and regulatory matters.  The Investment
     Adviser will attempt to reduce the risks of investing in the lowest
     investment grade, below investment grade and comparable unrated
     obligations through active portfolio management, credit analysis and
     attention to current developments and trends in the economy and the
     financial markets.
         

        
             See "Portfolio of Investments" in the "Financial Statements"
     incorporated by reference into this Part B with respect to any defaulted
     obligations held by the Portfolio.
         
        
     Short-Term Trading
         
        
             The Portfolio may sell (and later purchase) securities in
     anticipation of a market decline (a rise in interest rates) or purchase
     (and later sell) securities in anticipation of a market rise (a decline in
     interest rates). In addition, a security may be sold and another purchased
     at approximately the same time to take advantage of what the Portfolio
     believes to be a temporary disparity in the normal yield relationship
     between the two securities. Yield disparities may occur for reasons not
     directly related to the investment quality of particular issues or the
     general movement of interest rates, such as changes in the overall demand
     for or supply of various types of Alabama obligations or changes in the
     investment objectives of investors. Such trading may be expected to
     increase the portfolio turnover rate, which may increase capital gains and
     the expenses incurred in connection with such trading. The Portfolio
     anticipates that its annual portfolio turnover rate will generally not
     exceed 100% (excluding turnover of securities having maturity of one year
     or less).
         

     When-Issued Securities

             New issues of Alabama and other types of municipal obligations are
     sometimes offered on a "when-issued" basis, that is, delivery and payment
     for the securities normally take place within a specified number of days
     after the date of the Portfolio's commitment and are subject to certain

                                         B-10
<PAGE>






     conditions such as the issuance of satisfactory legal opinions.  The
     Portfolio may also purchase securities on a when-issued basis pursuant to
     refunding contracts in connection with the refinancing of an issuer's
     outstanding indebtedness.  Refunding contracts generally require the
     issuer to sell and the Portfolio to buy such securities on a settlement
     date that could be several months or several years in the future.

               The Portfolio will make commitments to purchase when-issued
     securities only with the intention of actually acquiring the securities,
     but may sell such securities before the settlement date if it is deemed
     advisable as a matter of investment strategy.  The payment obligation and
     the interest rate that will be received on the securities are fixed at the
     time the Portfolio enters into the purchase commitment.  The Portfolio's
     custodian will segregate cash or high grade liquid debt securities in a
     separate account of the Portfolio in an amount at least equal to the
     when-issued commitments.  If the value of the securities placed in the
     separate account declines, additional cash or high grade liquid debt
     securities will be placed in the account on a daily basis so that the
     value of the account will at least equal the amount of the Portfolio's
     when-issued commitments.  When the Portfolio commits to purchase a
     security on a when-issued basis, it records the transaction and reflects
     the value of the security in determining its net asset value.  Securities
     purchased on a when-issued basis and the securities held by the Portfolio
     are subject to changes in value based upon the perception of the
     creditworthiness of the issuer and changes in the level of interest rates
     (i.e., appreciation when interest rates decline and depreciation when
     interest rates rise).  Therefore, to the extent that the Portfolio remains
     substantially fully invested at the same time that it has purchased
     securities on a when-issued basis, there will be greater fluctuations in
     the Portfolio's net asset value than if it solely set aside cash to pay
     for when-issued securities.

     Variable Rate Obligations

             The Portfolio may purchase variable rate obligations.  Variable
     rate instruments provide for adjustments in the interest rate at specified
     intervals (weekly, monthly, semi-annually, etc.).  The revised rates are
     usually set at the issuer's discretion, in which case the investor
     normally enjoys the right to "put" the security back to the issuer or his
     agent.  Rate revisions may alternatively be determined by formula or in
     some other contractual fashion.  Variable rate obligations normally
     provide that the holder can demand payment of the obligation on short
     notice at par with accrued interest and are frequently secured by letters
     of credit or other credit support arrangements provided by banks.  To the
     extent that such letters of credit or other arrangements constitute an
     unconditional guarantee of the issuer's obligations, a bank may be treated
     as the issuer of a security for the purpose of complying with the
     diversification requirements set forth in Section 5(b) of the 1940 Act and
     Rule 5b-2 thereunder.  The Portfolio would anticipate using these
     obligations as cash equivalents pending longer term investment of its
     funds.


                                         B-11
<PAGE>






     Redemption, Demand and Put Features 

             Most municipal bonds have a fixed final maturity date.  However,
     it is commonplace for the issuer to reserve the right to call the bond
     earlier.  Also, some bonds may have "put" or "demand" features that allow
     early redemption by the bondholder.  Interest income generated by certain
     bonds having demand features may not qualify as tax-exempt interest. 
     Longer term fixed-rate bonds may give the holder a right to request
     redemption at certain times (often annually after the lapse of an
     intermediate term).  These bonds are more defensive than conventional long
     term bonds (protecting to some degree against a rise in interest rates)
     while providing greater opportunity than comparable intermediate term
     bonds, because the Portfolio may retain the bond if interest rates
     decline.  By acquiring these kinds of obligations the Portfolio obtains
     the contractual right to require the issuer of the security or some other
     person (other than a broker or dealer) to purchase the security at an
     agreed upon price, which right is contained in the obligation itself
     rather than in a separate agreement with the seller or some other person. 
     Because this right is assignable with the security, which is readily
     marketable and valued in the customary manner, the Portfolio will not
     assign any separate value to such right.

     Liquidity and Protective Put Options 

             The Portfolio may also enter into a separate agreement with the
     seller of the security or some other person granting the Portfolio the
     right to put the security to the seller thereof or the other person at an
     agreed upon price.  The Portfolio intends to limit this type of
     transaction to institutions (such as banks or securities dealers) which
     the Investment Adviser believes present minimal credit risks and would
     engage in this type of transaction to facilitate portfolio liquidity or
     (if the seller so agrees) to hedge against rising interest rates.  There
     is no assurance that this kind of put option will be available to the
     Portfolio or that selling institutions will be willing to permit the
     Portfolio to exercise a put to hedge against rising interest rates.  A
     separate put option may not be marketable or otherwise assignable, and
     sale of the security to a third party or lapse of time with the put
     unexercised may terminate the right to exercise the put.  The Portfolio
     does not expect to assign any value to any separate put option which may
     be acquired to facilitate portfolio liquidity, inasmuch as the value (if
     any) of the put will be reflected in the value assigned to the associated
     security; any put acquired for hedging purposes would be valued in good
     faith under methods or procedures established by the Trustees after
     consideration of all relevant factors, including its expiration date, the
     price volatility of the associated security, the difference between the
     market price of the associated security and the exercise price of the put,
     the creditworthiness of the issuer of the put and the market prices of
     comparable put options.  Interest income generated by certain bonds having
     put features may not qualify as tax-exempt interest.




                                         B-12
<PAGE>






        
     Securities Lending
         
        
             The Portfolio may seek to increase its income by lending portfolio
     securities to broker-dealers or other institutional borrowers. Under
     present regulatory policies of the Commission, such loans are required to
     be secured continuously by collateral in cash, cash equivalents or U.S.
     Government securities held by the Portfolio's custodian and maintained on
     a current basis at an amount at least equal to the market value of the
     securities loaned, which will be marked to market daily. Cash equivalents
     include short-term municipal obligations as well as taxable certificates
     of deposit, commercial paper and other short-term money market
     instruments. The Portfolio would have the right to call a loan and obtain
     the securities loaned at any time on up to five business days' notice.
     During the existence of a loan, the Portfolio will continue to receive the
     equivalent of the interest paid by the issuer on the securities loaned and
     will also receive a fee, or all or a portion of the interest on investment
     of the collateral, if any. However, the Portfolio may pay lending fees to
     such borrowers. The Portfolio would not have the right to vote any
     securities having voting rights during the existence of the loan, but
     would call the loan in anticipation of an important vote to be taken among
     holders of the securities or the giving or withholding of their consent on
     a material matter affecting the investment. As with other extensions of
     credit there are risks of delay in recovery or even loss of rights in the
     securities loaned if the borrower of the securities fails financially.
     However, the loans will be made only to organizations deemed by the
     Portfolio's management to be of good standing and when, in the judgment of
     the Portfolio's management, the consideration which can be earned from
     securities loans justifies the attendant risk. Distributions of any income
     realized by the Portfolio from securities loans will be taxable. If the
     management of the Portfolio decides to make securities loans, it is
     intended that the value of the securities loaned would not exceed 30% of
     the Portfolio's total assets. The Portfolio has no present intention of
     engaging in securities lending.
         

     Futures Contracts
        

             A change in the level of interest rates may affect the value of
     the securities held by the Portfolio (or of securities that the Portfolio
     expects to purchase).  To hedge against changes in rates or for
     non-hedging purposes, the Portfolio may enter into (i) futures contracts
     for the purchase or sale of debt securities, (ii) futures contracts on
     securities indices and (iii) futures contracts on other financial
     instruments and indices.  All futures contracts entered into by the
     Portfolio are traded on exchanges or boards of trade that are licensed and
     regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission ("CFTC") and must be
     executed through a futures commission merchant or brokerage firm which is
     a member of the relevant exchange.  The Portfolio may purchase and write


                                         B-13
<PAGE>






     call and put options on futures contracts which are traded on a United
     States or foreign exchange or board of trade.
         
        
             The Portfolio will engage in futures and related options
     transactions only for bona fide hedging purposes as defined in or
     permitted by CFTC regulations.  The Portfolio will determine that the
     price fluctuations in the futures contracts and options on futures are
     substantially related to price fluctuations in securities held by the
     Portfolio or which it expects to purchase.  The Portfolio's futures
     transactions will be entered into for traditional hedging purposes - that
     is, futures contracts will be sold to protect against a decline in the
     price of securities that the Portfolio owns, or futures contracts will be
     purchased to protect the Portfolio against an increase in the price of
     securities it intends to purchase.  As evidence of this hedging intent,
     the Portfolio expects that on 75% or more of the occasions on which it
     takes a long futures (or option) position (involving the purchase of
     futures contracts), the Portfolio will have purchased, or will be in the
     process of purchasing, equivalent amounts of related securities in the
     cash market at the time when the futures (or option) position is closed
     out.  However, in particular cases, when it is economically advantageous
     for the Portfolio to do so, a long futures position may be terminated (or
     an option may expire) without the corresponding purchase of securities. 
     The Portfolio will engage in transactions in futures and related options
     contracts only to the extent such transactions are consistent with the
     requirements of the Internal Revenue Code for maintaining the
     qualification of each of the Portfolio's investment company investors as a
     regulated investment company for federal income tax purposes (see "Tax
     Status").
         

             The Portfolio will be required, in connection with transactions in
     futures contracts and the writing of options on futures, to make margin
     deposits, which will be held by the Portfolio's custodian for the benefit
     of the futures commission merchant through whom the Portfolio engages in
     such futures and options transactions.  Cash or liquid high grade debt
     securities required to be segregated in connection with a "long" futures
     position taken by the Portfolio will also be held by the custodian in a
     segregated account and will be marked to market daily.

     Portfolio Turnover 

             The Portfolio cannot accurately predict its portfolio turnover
     rate, but it is anticipated that the annual turnover rate will generally
     not exceed 100% (excluding turnover of securities having a maturity of one
     year or less).  A 100% annual turnover rate would occur, for example, if
     all the securities held by the Portfolio were replaced once in a period of
     one year.  A high turnover rate (100% or more) necessarily involves
     greater expenses to the Portfolio.  The Portfolio engages in portfolio
     trading (including short-term trading) if it believes that a transaction
     including all costs will help in achieving its investment objective.


                                         B-14
<PAGE>






     Investment Restrictions

             Whenever an investment policy or investment restriction set forth
     in Part A or this Part B states a maximum percentage of assets that may be
     invested in any security or other asset or describes a policy regarding
     quality standards, such percentage limitation or standard shall be
     determined immediately after and as a result of the Portfolio's
     acquisition of such security or other asset.  Accordingly, any later
     increase or decrease resulting from a change in values, assets or other
     circumstances, other than a subsequent rating change below investment
     grade made by a rating service, will not compel the Portfolio to dispose
     of such security or other asset.

             The Portfolio has adopted the following investment restrictions
     which may not be changed without the approval of the holders of a
     "majority of the outstanding voting securities" of the Portfolio, which as
     used in this Part B means the lesser of (a) 67% or more of the outstanding
     voting securities of the Portfolio present or represented by proxy at a
     meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting
     securities of the Portfolio are present or represented at the meeting or
     (b) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio. 
     The term "voting securities" as used in this paragraph has the same
     meaning as in the 1940 Act.  The Portfolio may not:

             (1)     Purchase securities on margin (but the Portfolio may
     obtain such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of
     purchases and sales of securities).  The deposit or payment by the
     Portfolio of initial or maintenance margin in connection with futures
     contracts or related options transactions is not considered the purchase
     of a security on margin;

             (2)     Make short sales of securities or maintain a short
     position, unless at all times when a short position is open the Portfolio
     owns an equal amount of such securities or securities convertible into or
     exchangeable, without payment of any further consideration, for securities
     of the same issue as, and equal in amount to, the securities sold short,
     and unless not more than 25% of the net assets of the Portfolio (taken at
     current value) is held as collateral for such sales at any one time.  (The
     Portfolio will make such sales only for the purpose of deferring
     realization of gain or loss for federal income tax purposes);

             (3)     Purchase securities of any issuer if such purchase, at the
     time thereof, would cause more than 10% of the total outstanding voting
     securities of such issuer to be held by the Portfolio;

             (4)     Purchase or retain in its portfolio any securities issued
     by an issuer any of whose officers, directors, trustees or security
     holders is an officer or Trustee or is a member, officer, director or
     trustee of any investment adviser, if after the purchase of the securities
     of such issuer by the Portfolio one or more of such persons owns
     beneficially more than  1/2 of 1% of the shares or securities or both (all
     taken at market value) of such issuer and such persons owning more than

                                         B-15
<PAGE>






     1/2 of 1% of such shares or securities together own beneficially more than
     5% of such shares or securities or both (all taken at market value);

             (5)     Underwrite or participate in the marketing of securities
     of others, except insofar as it may technically be deemed to be an
     underwriter in selling a portfolio security under circumstances which may
     require the registration of the same under the Securities Act of 1933, or
     participate on a joint or a joint and several basis in any trading account
     in securities;

             (6)     Lend any of its funds or other assets to any person,
     directly or indirectly, except (i) through repurchase agreements and (ii)
     through the loan of a portfolio security; (The purchase of a portion of an
     issue of debt obligations, whether or not the purchase is made on the
     original issuance, is not considered the making of a loan);

             (7)     Borrow money or pledge its assets in excess of 1/3 of the
     value of its net assets (excluding the amount borrowed) and then only if
     such borrowing is incurred as a temporary measure for extraordinary or
     emergency purposes or to facilitate the orderly sale of portfolio
     securities to accommodate redemption requests; or issue securities other
     than interests in the Portfolio, except as appropriate to evidence
     indebtedness, including reverse repurchase agreements, which the Portfolio
     is permitted to incur.  The Portfolio will not purchase securities while
     outstanding borrowings, including reverse repurchase agreements, exceed 5%
     of its total assets.  The deposit of cash, cash equivalents and liquid
     debt securities in a segregated account with the custodian and/or with a
     broker in connection with futures contracts or related options
     transactions and the purchase of securities on a "when-issued" basis is
     not deemed to be a pledge;

             (8)     Invest for the purpose of exercising control or management
     of other companies;

             (9)     Purchase or sell real estate (including limited
     partnership interests in real estate, but excluding readily marketable
     interests in real estate investment trusts or readily marketable
     securities of companies which invest or deal in real estate or securities
     which are secured by real estate);

             (10)    Purchase or sell physical commodities or futures contracts
     for the purchase or sale of physical commodities, provided that the
     Portfolio may enter into all types of futures contracts on securities and
     on securities, economic and other indices and may purchase and sell
     options on such futures contracts;

             (11)    Buy investment securities from or sell them to any of the
     officers or Trustees of the Portfolio or its investment adviser or
     placement agent, as principal; however, any such person or concerns may be
     employed as a broker upon customary terms; or



                                         B-16
<PAGE>






             (12)    Purchase oil, gas or other mineral leases or purchase
     partnership interests in oil, gas or other mineral exploration or
     development programs.

             For purposes of the investment restrictions listed above, the
     determination of the "issuer" of a municipal obligation which is not a
     general obligation bond will be made by the Investment Adviser on the
     basis of the characteristics of the obligation and other relevant factors,
     the most significant of which is the source of funds committed to meeting
     interest and principal payments of such obligation.

        
             The Portfolio has adopted the following investment policies which
     may be changed by the Portfolio without approval of its investors.  The
     Portfolio may not invest more than 15% of its net assets in investments
     which are not readily marketable, including restricted securities and
     repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days.  Restricted
     securities for the purposes of this limitation do not include securities
     eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933
     and commercial paper issued pursuant to Section 4(2) of said Act that the
     Board of Trustees, or its delegate, determines to be liquid.  The
     Portfolio may not engage in options, futures or forward transactions if
     more than 5% of its net assets, as measured by the aggregate of the
     premiums paid by the Portfolio, would be so invested.
         

             In order to permit the sale in certain states of shares of certain
     open-end investment companies which are investors in the Portfolio, the
     Portfolio may adopt policies more restrictive than the policies described
     above.  Should the Portfolio determine that any such policy is no longer
     in the best interests of the Portfolio and its investors, it will revoke
     such policy.

        
             On or about December 22, 1995, proposals will be submitted to
     investors in the Portfolio that would eliminate, reclassify, or amend
     certain of the Portfolio's fundamental investment restrictions.  If the
     proposals are approved, fundamental investment restrictions (3), (8) and
     (11) above will be eliminated; fundamental investment restrictions (2),
     (4) and (12) above will be reclassified as non-fundamental investment
     restrictions; and fundamental investment restrictions (5), (6), (7) and
     (10) above will be amended to read as follows:
         
        
             (5)     Underwrite or participate in the marketing of securities
     of others, except insofar as it may technically be deemed to be an
     underwriter in selling a portfolio security under circumstances which may
     require the registration of the same under the Securities Act of 1933.
         
        



                                         B-17
<PAGE>






             (6)     Make loans to any person, except by (a) the acquisition of
     debt instruments and making portfolio investments, (b) entering into
     repurchase agreements and (c) lending portfolio securities. 
         
        

             (7)     Borrow money or issue senior securities, except as
     permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940.
         
        
             (10)    Purchase or sell physical commodities or contracts for the
     purchase or sale of physical commodities.
         

        
     If the proposals are approved, the Portfolio's fundamental investment
     restrictions will be reordered and renumbered.
         

     Item 14.  Management of the Portfolio

        
             The Trustees and officers of the Portfolio are listed below. 
     Except as indicated, each individual has held the office shown or other
     offices in the same company for the last five years.  Unless otherwise
     noted, the business address of each Trustee and officer is 24 Federal
     Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, which is also the address of the
     Portfolio's investment adviser, Boston Management and Research ("BMR" or
     the "Investment Adviser"), which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Eaton
     Vance Management ("Eaton Vance"); of Eaton Vance's parent, Eaton Vance
     Corp. ("EVC"); and of BMR's and Eaton Vance's trustee, Eaton Vance, Inc.
     ("EV").  Eaton Vance and EV are both wholly-owned subsidiaries of EVC. 
     Those Trustees who are "interested persons" of the Portfolio, BMR, Eaton
     Vance, EVC or EV, as defined in the 1940 Act, by virtue of their
     affiliation with any one or more of the Portfolio, BMR, Eaton Vance, EVC
     or EV, are indicated by an asterisk (*).
         

                              TRUSTEES OF THE PORTFOLIO

        
     DONALD R. DWIGHT (64), Trustee
     President of Dwight Partners, Inc. (a corporate relations and
     communications company) founded in 1988; Chairman of the Board of
     Newspapers of New England, Inc. since 1983.  Director or Trustee of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR. 
     Address: Clover Mill Lane, Lyme, New Hampshire 03768
         





                                         B-18
<PAGE>






        
     JAMES B. HAWKES (54), Vice President and Trustee*
     Executive Vice President of BMR, Eaton Vance, EVC and EV, and a Director
     of EVC and EV.  Director or Trustee and officer of various investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         

        
     SAMUEL L. HAYES, III (60), Trustee
     Jacob H. Schiff Professor of Investment Banking, Harvard University
     Graduate School of Business Administration.  Director or Trustee of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address: Harvard University Graduate School of Business Administration,
     Soldiers Field Road, Boston, Massachusetts 02134
         

        
     NORTON H. REAMER (60), Trustee
     President and Director, United Asset Management Corporation, a holding
     company owning institutional investment management firms. Chairman,
     President and Director, UAM Funds (mutual funds).  Director or Trustee of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address: One International Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02110
         

        
     JOHN L. THORNDIKE (69), Trustee
     Director, Fiduciary Company Incorporated.  Director or Trustee of various
     investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address: 175 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110
         

        
     JACK L. TREYNOR (65), Trustee
     Investment Adviser and Consultant.  Director or Trustee of various
     investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address: 504 Via Almar, Palos Verdes Estates, California 90274
         

                              OFFICERS OF THE PORTFOLIO

        
     THOMAS J. FETTER (52), President
     Vice President of BMR, Eaton Vance and EV.  Mr. Fetter was elected
     President of the Portfolio on December 13, 1993.  Officer of various
     investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         

        
     TIMOTHY T. BROWSE (36), Vice President 
     Vice President of BMR and Eaton Vance since 1993 and an employee of Eaton
     Vance since 1992.  Municipal Bond Trader, Fidelity Management & Research

                                         B-19
<PAGE>






     Company (1987-1992).  Officer of various investment companies managed by
     Eaton Vance or BMR.  Mr. Browse was elected Vice President of the
     Portfolio on June 19, 1995.
         

        
     ROBERT B. MACINTOSH (38), Vice President
     Vice President of BMR since August 11, 1992, and of Eaton Vance and EV. 
     Employee of Eaton Vance since March 8, 1991.  Fidelity Investments -
     Portfolio Manager (1986-1991).  Officer of various investment companies
     managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.  
         

        
     JAMES L. O'CONNOR (50), Treasurer
     Vice President of BMR, Eaton Vance and EV.  Officer of various investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         

        
     THOMAS OTIS (64), Secretary
     Vice President and Secretary of BMR, Eaton Vance, EVC and EV.  Officer of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         

        
     JANET E. SANDERS (60), Assistant Secretary
     Vice President of BMR, Eaton Vance and EV.  Officer of various investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         

        
     A. JOHN MURPHY (32), Assistant Secretary
     Assistant Vice President of BMR, Eaton Vance and EV since March 1, 1994;
     employee of Eaton Vance since March 1993.  State Regulations Supervisor,
     The Boston Company (1991-1993) and Registration Specialist, Fidelity
     Management & Research Co. (1986-1991).  Officer of various investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.  Mr. Murphy was elected Assistant
     Secretary of the Portfolio on March 27, 1995.
         

        
     ERIC G. WOODBURY (38), Assistant Secretary
     Vice President of BMR, Eaton Vance and EV since February 1993; formerly,
     associate attorney at Dechert, Price & Rhoads and Gaston & Snow.  Officer
     of various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.  Mr.
     Woodbury was elected Assistant Secretary of the Portfolio on June 19,
     1995.
         




                                         B-20
<PAGE>






             Messrs. Thorndike (Chairman), Hayes and Reamer are members of the
     Special Committee of the Board of Trustees.  The Special Committee's
     functions include a continuous review of the Portfolio's contractual
     relationship with the Investment Adviser, making recommendations to the
     Trustees regarding the compensation of those Trustees who are not members
     of the Eaton Vance organization, and making recommendations to the
     Trustees regarding candidates to fill vacancies, as and when they occur,
     in the ranks of those Trustees who are not "interested persons" of the
     Portfolio or the Eaton Vance organization.

             Messrs. Treynor (Chairman) and Dwight are members of the Audit
     Committee of the Board of Trustees.  The Audit Committee's functions
     include making recommendations to the Trustees regarding the selection of
     the independent certified public accountants, and reviewing with such
     accountants and the Treasurer of the Portfolio matters relative to
     accounting and auditing practices and procedures, accounting records,
     internal accounting controls, and the functions performed by the custodian
     and transfer agent of the Portfolio.

        
             The fees and expenses of those Trustees of the Portfolio who are
     not members of the Eaton Vance organization (the noninterested Trustees)
     are paid by the Portfolio.  (The Trustees of the Portfolio who are members
     of the Eaton Vance organization receive no compensation from the
     Portfolio).  During the fiscal year ended August 31, 1995, the
     noninterested Trustees of the Portfolio earned the following compensation
     in their capacities as Trustees of the Portfolio and, during the year
     ended September 30, 1995, earned the following compensation in their
     capacities as Trustees of the other funds in the Eaton Vance fund
     complex(1):
         
        
                              Aggregate
                              Compensation     Total Compensation
     Name                     from Portfolio   from Fund Complex

     Donald R.
     Dwight                   $1,563(2)        $135,000(4)

     Samuel L.
     Hayes, III                1,608(3)          150,000(5)

     Norton H.
     Reamer                    1,631             135,000

     John L.
     Thorndike                 1,718             140,000

     Jack L.
     Treynor                    1,647            140,000

         

                                         B-21
<PAGE>






        
     (1)     The Eaton Vance fund complex consists of 211 registered investment
             companies or series thereof.
     (2)     Includes $393 of deferred compensation.
     (3)     Includes $517 of deferred compensation.
     (4)     Includes $35,000 of deferred compensation.
     (5)     Includes $33,750 of deferred compensation.
         

             Trustees of the Portfolio who are not affiliated with BMR may
     elect to defer receipt of all or a percentage of their annual fees in
     accordance with the terms of a Trustees Deferred Compensation Plan (the
     "Plan").  Under the Plan, an eligible Trustee may elect to have his
     deferred fees invested by the Portfolio in the shares of one or more funds
     in the Eaton Vance Family of Funds, and the amount paid to the Trustees
     under the Plan will be determined based upon the performance of such
     investments.  Deferral of Trustees' fees in accordance with the Plan will
     have a negligible effect on the Portfolio's assets, liabilities, and net
     income per share, and will not obligate the Portfolio to retain the
     services of any Trustee or obligate the Portfolio to pay any particular
     level of compensation to the Trustee. 

             The Portfolio's Declaration of Trust provides that it will
     indemnify its Trustees and officers against liabilities and expenses
     incurred in connection with litigation in which they may be involved
     because of their offices with the Portfolio, unless, as to liability to
     the Portfolio or its investors, it is finally adjudicated that they
     engaged in willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless
     disregard of the duties involved in their offices, or unless with respect
     to any other matter it is finally adjudicated that they did not act in
     good faith in the reasonable belief that their actions were in the best
     interests of the Portfolio.  In the case of settlement, such
     indemnification will not be provided unless it has been determined by a
     court or other body approving the settlement or other disposition, or by a
     reasonable determination, based upon a review of readily available facts,
     by vote of a majority of noninterested Trustees or in a written opinion of
     independent counsel, that such officers or Trustees have not engaged in
     willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of
     their duties.

     Item 15.  Control Persons and Principal Holder of Securities 
        
             As of December 4, 1995, EV Marathon Alabama Tax Free Fund (the
     "Marathon Fund") and EV Classic Alabama Tax Free Fund (the "Classic
     Fund"), each a series of Eaton Vance Municipals Trust, owned approximately
     92.4% and 7.5%, respectively, of the value of the outstanding interests in
     the Portfolio.  Because the Marathon Fund controls the Portfolio, it may
     take actions without the approval of any other investor.  The Marathon
     Fund and the Classic Fund have informed the Portfolio that whenever they
     are requested to vote on matters pertaining to the fundamental policies of
     the Portfolio, they will hold a meeting of shareholders and will cast
     their votes as instructed by their shareholders.  It is anticipated that

                                         B-22
<PAGE>






     any other investor in the Portfolio which is an investment company
     registered under the 1940 Act would follow the same or a similar practice.
         

     Item 16.  Investment Advisory and Other Services

        
             Investment Adviser.  The Portfolio engages BMR as investment
     adviser pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement dated October 13,
     1992.  BMR or Eaton Vance acts as investment adviser to investment
     companies and various individual and institutional clients with combined
     assets under management of approximately $16 billion.
         
        
             BMR manages the investments and affairs of the Portfolio subject
     to the supervision of the Portfolio's Board of Trustees.  BMR furnishes to
     the Portfolio investment research, advice and supervision, furnishes an
     investment program and determines what securities will be purchased, held
     or sold by the Portfolio and what portion, if any, of the Portfolio's
     assets will be held uninvested.  The Investment Advisory Agreement
     requires BMR to pay the salaries and fees of all officers and Trustees of
     the Portfolio who are members of the BMR organization and all personnel of
     BMR performing services relating to research and investment activities. 
     The Portfolio is responsible for all expenses not expressly stated to be
     payable by BMR under the Investment Advisory Agreement, including, without
     implied limitation, (i) expenses of maintaining the Portfolio and
     continuing its existence, (ii) registration of the Portfolio under the
     1940 Act, (iii) commissions, fees and other expenses connected with the
     acquisition, holding and disposition of securities and other investments,
     (iv) auditing, accounting and legal expenses, (v) taxes and interest, (vi)
     governmental fees, (vii) expenses of issue, sale and redemption of
     interests in the Portfolio, (viii) expenses of registering and qualifying
     the Portfolio and interests in the Portfolio under federal and state
     securities laws and of preparing and printing registration statements or
     other offering statements or memoranda for such purposes and for
     distributing the same to investors, and fees and expenses of registering
     and maintaining registrations of the Portfolio and of the Portfolio's
     placement agent as broker-dealer or agent under state securities laws,
     (ix) expenses of reports and notices to investors and of meetings of
     investors and proxy solicitations therefor, (x) expenses of reports to
     governmental officers and commissions, (xi) insurance expenses, (xii)
     association membership dues, (xiii) fees, expenses and disbursements of
     custodians and subcustodians for all services to the Portfolio (including
     without limitation safekeeping for funds, securities and other
     investments, keeping of books, accounts and records, and determination of
     net asset values, book capital account balances and tax capital account
     balances), (xiv) fees, expenses and disbursements of transfer agents,
     dividend disbursing agents, investor servicing agents and registrars for
     all services to the Portfolio, (xv) expenses for servicing the accounts of
     investors, (xvi) any direct charges to investors approved by the Trustees
     of the Portfolio, (xvii) compensation and expenses of Trustees of the
     Portfolio who are not members of the BMR organization, and (xviii) such

                                         B-23
<PAGE>






     nonrecurring items as may arise, including expenses incurred in connection
     with litigation, proceedings and claims and the obligation of the
     Portfolio to indemnify its Trustees, officers and investors with respect
     thereto.
         
        
             For a description of the compensation that the Portfolio pays BMR
     under the Investment Advisory Agreement, see "Management of the Portfolio"
     in Part A.  As at August 31, 1995, the Portfolio had net assets of
     $118,486,053.  For the fiscal year ended August 31, 1995, the Portfolio
     paid BMR advisory fees of $466,320 (equivalent to 0.40% of the Portfolio's
     average daily net assets for such year).  For the eleven months ended
     August 31, 1994, the Portfolio paid BMR advisory fees of $373,047
     (equivalent to 0.38% (annualized) of the Portfolio's average daily net
     assets for such period).  For the period from the start of business,
     February 1, 1993, to September 30, 1993, the Portfolio paid BMR advisory
     fees of $123,740 (equivalent to 0.31% (annualized) of the Portfolio's
     average daily net assets for such period).
         
        
             The Investment Advisory Agreement with BMR remains in effect until
     February 28, 1996.  It may be continued indefinitely thereafter so long as
     such continuance after February 28, 1996 is approved at least annually (i)
     by the vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Portfolio who are not
     interested persons of the Portfolio or of BMR cast in person at a meeting
     specifically called for the purpose of voting on such approval and (ii) by
     the Board of Trustees of the Portfolio or by vote of a majority of the
     outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio.  The Agreement may be
     terminated at any time without penalty on sixty (60) days' written notice
     by the Board of Trustees of either party, or by vote of the majority of
     the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio, and the Agreement will
     terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.  The Agreement
     provides that BMR may render services to others and engage in other
     business activities and may permit other fund clients and other
     corporations and organizations to use the words "Eaton Vance" or "Boston
     Management and Research" in their names.  The Agreement also provides that
     BMR shall not be liable for any loss incurred in connection with the
     performance of its duties, or action taken or omitted under that
     Agreement, in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross
     negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of its reckless
     disregard of its obligations and duties thereunder, or for any losses
     sustained in the acquisition, holding or disposition of any security or
     other investment.
         
        
             BMR is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Eaton Vance.  Eaton Vance and
     EV are both wholly-owned subsidiaries of EVC.  BMR and Eaton Vance are
     both Massachusetts business trusts, and EV is the trustee of BMR and Eaton
     Vance.  The Directors of EV are Landon T. Clay, H. Day Brigham, Jr., M.
     Dozier Gardner, James B. Hawkes, and Benjamin A. Rowland, Jr.  The
     Directors of EVC consist of the same persons and John G.L. Cabot and Ralph
     Z. Sorenson.  Mr. Clay is chairman and Mr. Gardner is president and chief

                                         B-24
<PAGE>






     executive officer of EVC, BMR, Eaton Vance and EV.  All of the issued and
     outstanding shares of Eaton Vance and EV are owned by EVC.  All of the
     issued and outstanding shares of BMR are owned by Eaton Vance.  All shares
     of the outstanding Voting Common Stock of EVC are deposited in a Voting
     Trust, which expires on December 31, 1996, the Voting Trustees of which
     are Messrs. Clay, Brigham, Gardner, Hawkes and Rowland.  The Voting
     Trustees have unrestricted voting rights for the election of Directors of
     EVC.  All of the outstanding voting trust receipts issued under said
     Voting Trust are owned by certain of the officers of BMR and Eaton Vance
     who are also officers and Directors of EVC and EV.  As of October 31,
     1995, Messrs. Clay, Gardner and Hawkes each owned 24% of such voting trust
     receipts, and Messrs. Rowland and Brigham owned 15% and 13%, respectively,
     of such voting trust receipts.  Messrs. Hawkes and Otis are officers or
     Trustees of the Portfolio and are members of the EVC, BMR, Eaton Vance and
     EV organizations.  Messrs. Browse, Fetter, MacIntosh, Murphy, O'Connor and
     Woodbury and Ms. Sanders are officers of the Portfolio and are also
     members of the BMR, Eaton Vance and EV organizations.  BMR will receive
     the fees paid under the Investment Advisory Agreement.
         
        
             Eaton Vance owns all of the stock of Energex Energy Corporation,
     which is engaged in oil and gas operations.  In addition, Eaton Vance owns
     all of the stock of Northeast Properties, Inc., which is engaged in real
     estate investment, consulting and management.  EVC owns all of the stock
     of Fulcrum Management, Inc. and MinVen Inc., which are engaged in the
     development of precious metal properties.  EVC also owns 21% of the Class
     A shares of Lloyd George Management (B.V.I.) Limited, a registered
     investment adviser.  EVC, BMR, Eaton Vance and EV may also enter into
     other businesses.
         

             EVC and its affiliates and their officers and employees from time
     to time have transactions with various banks, including the custodian of
     the Portfolio, Investors Bank & Trust Company.  It is Eaton Vance's
     opinion that the terms and conditions of such transactions were not and
     will not be influenced by existing or potential custodial or other
     relationships between the Portfolio and such banks.

        
             Custodian.  Investors Bank & Trust Company ("IBT"), 24 Federal
     Street, Boston, Massachusetts, acts as custodian for the Portfolio.  IBT
     has the custody of all of the Portfolio's assets, maintains the general
     ledger of the Portfolio, and computes the daily net asset value of
     interests in the Portfolio.  In such capacity it attends to details in
     connection with the sale, exchange, substitution or transfer of, or other
     dealings with, the Portfolio's investments, receives and disburses all
     funds, and performs various other ministerial duties upon receipt of
     proper instructions from the Portfolio.  IBT charges fees which are
     competitive within the industry.  A portion of the fee relates to custody,
     bookkeeping and valuation services and is based upon a percentage of
     Portfolio net assets and a portion of the fee relates to activity charges,
     primarily the number of portfolio transactions.  These fees are then

                                         B-25
<PAGE>






     reduced by a credit for cash balances of the particular investment company
     at the custodian equal to 75% of the 91-day, U.S. Treasury Bill auction
     rate applied to the particular investment company's average daily
     collected balances for the week.  Landon T. Clay, a Director of EVC and an
     officer, Trustee or Director of other members of the Eaton Vance
     organization, owns approximately 13% of the stock of IBT.  Management
     believes that such ownership does not create an affiliated person
     relationship between the Portfolio and IBT under the 1940 Act.  For the
     fiscal year ended August 31, 1995, the Portfolio paid IBT $16,491 for its
     services as custodian.
         
        
             Independent Certified Public Accountants.  Deloitte & Touche LLP,
     125 Summer Street, Boston, Massachusetts, are the independent certified
     public accountants for the Portfolio, providing audit services, tax return
     preparation, and assistance and consultation with respect to the
     preparation of filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
         

     Item 17.  Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices

        
             Decisions concerning the execution of portfolio security
     transactions, including the selection of the market and the executing
     firm, are made by BMR.  BMR is also responsible for the execution of
     transactions for all other accounts managed by it.
         
        
             BMR places the portfolio security transactions of the Portfolio
     and of all other accounts managed by it for execution with many firms. 
     BMR uses its best efforts to obtain execution of portfolio security
     transactions at prices which are advantageous to the Portfolio and at
     reasonably competitive spreads or (when a disclosed commission is being
     charged) at reasonably competitive commission rates.  In seeking such
     execution, BMR will use its best judgment in evaluating the terms of a
     transaction and will give consideration to various relevant factors
     including, without limitation, the size and type of the transaction, the
     nature and character of the market for the security, the confidentiality,
     speed and certainty of effective execution required for the transaction,
     the general execution and operational capabilities of the executing firm,
     the reputation, reliability, experience and financial condition of the
     firm, the value and quality of the services rendered by the firm in this
     and other transactions, and the reasonableness of the spread or
     commission, if any.  Municipal obligations, including Alabama obligations,
     purchased and sold by the Portfolio are generally traded in the
     over-the-counter market on a net basis (i.e., without commission) through
     broker-dealers and banks acting for their own account rather than as
     brokers, or otherwise involve transactions directly with the issuer of
     such obligations.  Such firms attempt to profit from such transactions by
     buying at the bid price and selling at the higher asked price of the
     market for such obligations, and the difference between the bid and asked
     price is customarily referred to as the spread.  The Portfolio may also

                                         B-26
<PAGE>






     purchase municipal obligations from underwriters, the cost of which may
     include undisclosed fees and concessions to the underwriters.  While it is
     anticipated that the Portfolio will not pay significant brokerage
     commissions in connection with such portfolio security transactions, on
     occasion it may be necessary or appropriate to purchase or sell a security
     through a broker on an agency basis, in which case the Portfolio will
     incur a brokerage commission.  Although spreads or commissions on
     portfolio security transactions will, in the judgment of BMR, be
     reasonable in relation to the value of the services provided, spreads or
     commissions exceeding those which another firm might charge may be paid to
     firms who were selected to execute transactions on behalf of the Portfolio
     and BMR's other clients for providing brokerage and research services to
     BMR.
         

        
             As authorized in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of
     1934, a broker or dealer who executes a portfolio transaction on behalf of
     the Portfolio may receive a commission which is in excess of the amount of
     commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that
     transaction if BMR determines in good faith that such commission was
     reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services
     provided.  This determination may be made on the basis of either that
     particular transaction or on the basis of overall responsibilities which
     BMR and its affiliates have for accounts over which they exercise
     investment discretion.  In making any such determination, BMR will not
     attempt to place a specific dollar value on the brokerage and research
     services provided or to determine what portion of the commission should be
     related to such services.  Brokerage and research services may include
     advice as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing in,
     purchasing or selling securities, and the availability of securities or
     purchasers or sellers of securities; furnishing analyses and reports
     concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends,
     portfolio strategy and the performance of accounts; effecting securities
     transactions and performing functions incidental thereto (such as
     clearance and settlement); and the "Research Services" referred to in the
     next paragraph.
         
        
             It is a common practice of the investment advisory industry and of
     the advisers of investment companies, institutions and other investors to
     receive research, statistical and quotation services, data, information
     and other services, products and materials which assist such advisers in
     the performance of their investment responsibilities ("Research Services")
     from broker-dealer firms which execute portfolio transactions for the
     clients of such advisers and from third parties with which such
     broker-dealers have arrangements.  Consistent with this practice, BMR
     receives Research Services from many broker-dealer firms with which BMR
     places the Portfolio's transactions and from third parties with which
     these broker-dealers have arrangements.  These Research Services include
     such matters as general economic and market reviews, industry and company
     reviews, evaluations of securities and portfolio strategies and

                                         B-27
<PAGE>






     transactions and recommendations as to the purchase and sale of securities
     and other portfolio transactions, financial, industry and trade
     publications, news and information services, pricing and quotation
     equipment and services, and research oriented computer hardware, software,
     data bases and services.  Any particular Research Service obtained through
     a broker-dealer may be used by BMR in connection with client accounts
     other than those accounts which pay commissions to such broker-dealer. 
     Any such Research Service may be broadly useful and of value to BMR in
     rendering investment advisory services to all or a significant portion of
     its clients, or may be relevant and useful for the management of only one
     client's account or of a few clients' accounts, or may be useful for the
     management of merely a segment of certain clients' accounts, regardless of
     whether any such account or accounts paid commissions to the broker-dealer
     through which such Research Service was obtained.  The advisory fee paid
     by the Portfolio is not reduced because BMR receives such Research
     Services.  BMR evaluates the nature and quality of the various Research
     Services obtained through broker-dealer firms and attempts to allocate
     sufficient commissions to such firms to ensure the continued receipt of
     Research Services which BMR believes are useful or of value to it in
     rendering investment advisory services to its clients.
         
        
             Subject to the requirement that BMR shall use its best efforts to
     seek and execute portfolio security transactions at advantageous prices
     and at reasonably competitive spreads or commission rates, BMR is
     authorized to consider as a factor in the selection of any firm with whom
     portfolio orders may be placed the fact that such firm has sold or is
     selling shares of any investment company sponsored by BMR or Eaton Vance. 
     This policy is not inconsistent with a rule of the National Association of
     Securities Dealers, Inc., which rule provides that no firm which is a
     member of the Association shall favor or disfavor the distribution of
     shares of any particular investment company or group of investment
     companies on the basis of brokerage commissions received or expected by
     such firm from any source.
         
        

             Municipal obligations considered as investments for the Portfolio
     may also be appropriate for other investment accounts managed by BMR or
     its affiliates.  BMR will attempt to allocate equitably portfolio security
     transactions among the Portfolio and the portfolios of its other
     investment accounts purchasing municipal obligations whenever decisions
     are made to purchase or sell securities by the Portfolio and one or more
     of such other accounts simultaneously.  In making such allocations, the
     main factors to be considered are the respective investment objectives of
     the Portfolio and such other accounts, the relative size of portfolio
     holdings of the same or comparable securities, the availability of cash
     for investment by the Portfolio and such accounts, the size of investment
     commitments generally held by the Portfolio and such accounts and the
     opinions of the persons responsible for recommending investments to the
     Portfolio and such accounts.  While this procedure could have a
     detrimental effect on the price or amount of the securities available to

                                         B-28
<PAGE>






     the Portfolio from time to time, it is the opinion of the Trustees of the
     Portfolio that the benefits available from the BMR organization outweigh
     any disadvantage that may arise from exposure to simultaneous
     transactions.
         

        
             For the fiscal year ended August 31, 1995, for the eleven months
     ended August 31, 1994, and for the period from the start of business,
     February 1, 1993, to September 30, 1993, the Portfolio paid no brokerage
     commissions on portfolio transactions.
         

     Item 18.  Capital Stock and Other Securities

             Under the Portfolio's Declaration of Trust, the Trustees are
     authorized to issue interests in the Portfolio.  Investors are entitled to
     participate pro rata in distributions of taxable income, loss, gain and
     credit of the Portfolio.  Upon dissolution of the Portfolio, the Trustees
     shall liquidate the assets of the Portfolio and apply and distribute the
     proceeds thereof as follows: (a) first, to the payment of all debts and
     obligations of the Portfolio to third parties including, without
     limitation, the retirement of outstanding debt, including any debt owed to
     holders of record of interests in the Portfolio ("Holders") or their
     affiliates, and the expenses of liquidation, and to the setting up of any
     reserves for contingencies which may be necessary; and (b) second, in
     accordance with the Holders' positive Book Capital Account balances after
     adjusting Book Capital Accounts for certain allocations provided in the
     Declaration of Trust and in accordance with the requirements described in
     Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(2).  Notwithstanding the
     foregoing, if the Trustees shall determine that an immediate sale of part
     or all of the assets of the Portfolio would cause undue loss to the
     Holders, the Trustees, in order to avoid such loss, may, after having
     given notification to all the Holders, to the extent not then prohibited
     by the law of any jurisdiction in which the Portfolio is then formed or
     qualified and applicable in the circumstances, either defer liquidation of
     and withhold from distribution for a reasonable time any assets of the
     Portfolio except those necessary to satisfy the Portfolio's debts and
     obligations or distribute the Portfolio's assets to the Holders in
     liquidation.  Interests in the Portfolio have no preference, preemptive,
     conversion or similar rights and are fully paid and nonassessable, except
     as set forth below.  Interests in the Portfolio may not be transferred. 
     Certificates representing an investor's interest in the Portfolio are
     issued only upon the written request of a Holder.

             Each Holder is entitled to vote in proportion to the amount of its
     interest in the Portfolio.  Holders do not have cumulative voting rights. 
     The Portfolio is not required and has no current intention to hold annual
     meetings of Holders, but the Portfolio will hold meetings of Holders when
     in the judgment of the Portfolio's Trustees it is necessary or desirable
     to submit matters to a vote of Holders at a meeting.  Any action which may
     be taken by Holders may be taken without a meeting if Holders holding more

                                         B-29
<PAGE>






     than 50% of all interests entitled to vote (or such larger proportion
     thereof as shall be required by any express provision of the Declaration
     of Trust of the Portfolio) consent to the action in writing and the
     consents are filed with the records of meetings of Holders.

             The Portfolio's Declaration of Trust may be amended by vote of
     Holders of more than 50% of all interests in the Portfolio at any meeting
     of Holders or by an instrument in writing without a meeting, executed by a
     majority of the Trustees and consented to by the Holders of more than 50%
     of all interests.  The Trustees may also amend the Declaration of Trust
     (without the vote or consent of Holders) to change the Portfolio's name or
     the state or other jurisdiction whose law shall be the governing law, to
     supply any omission or cure, correct or supplement any ambiguous,
     defective or inconsistent provision, to conform the Declaration of Trust
     to applicable Federal law or regulations or to the requirements of the
     Internal Revenue Code, or to change, modify or rescind any provision,
     provided that such change, modification or rescission is determined by the
     Trustees to be necessary or appropriate and not to have a materially
     adverse effect on the financial interests of the Holders.  No amendment of
     the Declaration of Trust which would change any rights with respect to any
     Holder's interest in the Portfolio by reducing the amount payable thereon
     upon liquidation of the Portfolio may be made, except with the vote or
     consent of the Holders of two-thirds of all interests.  References in the
     Declaration of Trust and in Part A or this Part B to a specified
     percentage of, or fraction of, interests in the Portfolio, means Holders
     whose combined Book Capital Account balances represent such specified
     percentage or fraction of the combined Book Capital Account balance of
     all, or a specified group of, Holders.

             The Portfolio may merge or consolidate with any other corporation,
     association, trust or other organization or may sell or exchange all or
     substantially all of its assets upon such terms and conditions and for
     such consideration when and as authorized by the Holders of (a) 67% or
     more of the interests in the Portfolio present or represented at the
     meeting of Holders, if Holders of more than 50% of all interests are
     present or represented by proxy, or (b) more than 50% of all interests,
     whichever is less.  The Portfolio may be terminated (i) by the affirmative
     vote of Holders of not less than two-thirds of all interests at any
     meeting of Holders or by an instrument in writing without a meeting,
     executed by a majority of the Trustees and consented to by Holders of not
     less than two-thirds of all interests, or (ii) by the Trustees by written
     notice to the Holders.


        
             In accordance with the Declaration of Trust, there normally will
     be no meetings of the investors for the purpose of electing Trustees
     unless and until such time as less than a majority of the Trustees holding
     office have been elected by investors.  In such an event, the Trustees of
     the Portfolio then in office will call an investors' meeting for the
     election of Trustees.  Except for the foregoing circumstances, and unless
     removed by action of the investors in accordance with the Portfolio's

                                         B-30
<PAGE>






     Declaration of Trust, the Trustees shall continue to hold office and may
     appoint successor Trustees.
         
        
             The Declaration of Trust provides that no person shall serve as a
     Trustee if investors holding two-thirds of the outstanding interests have
     removed him from that office either by a written declaration or by votes
     cast at a meeting called for that purpose.  The Declaration of Trust
     further provides that under certain circumstances, the investors may call
     a meeting to remove a Trustee and that the Portfolio is required to
     provide assistance in communicating with investors about such a meeting.
         
        
             The Portfolio is organized as a trust under the laws of the State
     of New York.  Investors in the Portfolio will be held personally liable
     for its obligations and liabilities, subject, however, to indemnification
     by the Portfolio in the event that there is imposed upon an investor a
     greater portion of the liabilities and obligations of the Portfolio than
     its proportionate interest in the Portfolio.  The Portfolio intends to
     maintain fidelity and errors and omissions  insurance deemed adequate by
     the Trustees.  Therefore, the risk of an investor incurring financial loss
     on account of investor liability is limited to circumstances in which both
     inadequate insurance exists and the Portfolio itself is unable to meet its
     obligations.
         

             The Declaration of Trust further provides that obligations of the
     Portfolio are not binding upon the Trustees individually but only upon the
     property of the Portfolio and that the Trustees will not be liable for any
     action or failure to act, but nothing in the Declaration of Trust protects
     a Trustee against any liability to which he would otherwise be subject by
     reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless
     disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office.

     Item 19.  Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Securities 

             Interests in the Portfolio are issued solely in private placement
     transactions that do not involve any "public offering" within the meaning
     of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933.  See "Purchase of Interests
     in the Portfolio" and "Redemption or Decrease of Interest" in Part A.

     Item 20.  Tax Status
        
             The Portfolio has been advised by tax counsel that, provided the
     Portfolio is operated at all times during its existence in accordance with
     certain organizational and operational documents, the Portfolio should be
     classified as a partnership under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
     amended (the "Code"), and it should not be a "publicly traded partnership"
     within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code.  Consequently, the
     Portfolio does not expect that it will be required to pay any federal
     income tax, and a Holder will be required to take into account in


                                         B-31
<PAGE>






     determining its federal income tax liability its share of the Portfolio's
     income, gains, losses, deductions and tax preference items.
         
        
             Under Subchapter K of the Code, a partnership is considered to be
     either an aggregate of its members or a separate entity depending upon the
     factual and legal context in which the question arises. Under the
     aggregate approach, each partner is treated as an owner of an undivided
     interest in partnership assets and operations. Under the entity approach,
     the partnership is treated as a separate entity in which partners have no
     direct interest in partnership assets and operations. The Portfolio has
     been advised by tax counsel that, in the case of a Holder that seeks to
     qualify as a RIC, the aggregate approach should apply, and each such
     Holder should accordingly be deemed to own a proportionate share of each
     of the assets of the Portfolio and to be entitled to the gross income of
     the Portfolio attributable to that share for purposes of all requirements
     of Sections 851(b) and 852(b)(5) of the Code. Further, the Portfolio has
     been advised by tax counsel that each Holder that seeks to qualify as a
     RIC should be deemed to hold its proportionate share of the Portfolio's
     assets for the period the Portfolio has held the assets or for the period
     the Holder has been an investor in the Portfolio, whichever is shorter.
     Investors should consult their tax advisers regarding whether the entity
     or the aggregate approach applies to their investment in the Portfolio in
     light of their particular tax status and any special tax rules applicable
     to them.
         
        
             In order to enable a Holder in the Portfolio that is otherwise
     eligible to qualify as a RIC, the Portfolio intends to satisfy the
     requirements of Subchapter M of the Code relating to sources of income and
     diversification of assets as if they were applicable to the Portfolio and
     to allocate and permit withdrawals in a manner that will enable a Holder
     which is a RIC to comply with those requirements.  The Portfolio will
     allocate at least annually to each Holder its distributive share of the
     Portfolio's net taxable (if any) and tax-exempt investment income, net
     realized capital gains, and any other items of income, gain, loss,
     deduction or credit in a manner intended to comply with the Code and
     applicable Treasury regulations.  Tax counsel has advised the Portfolio
     that the Portfolio's allocations of taxable income and loss should have
     "economic effect" under applicable Treasury regulations.
         
        
             To the extent the cash proceeds of any withdrawal (or, under
     certain circumstances, such proceeds plus the value of any marketable
     securities distributed to an investor) ("liquid proceeds") exceed a
     Holder's adjusted basis of his interest in the Portfolio, the Holder will
     generally realize a gain for federal income tax purposes. If, upon a
     complete withdrawal (redemption of the entire interest), the Holder's
     adjusted basis of his interest exceeds the liquid proceeds of such
     withdrawal, the Holder will generally realize a loss for federal income
     tax purposes.  The tax consequences of a withdrawal of property (instead
     of or in addition to liquid proceeds) will be different and will depend on

                                         B-32
<PAGE>






     the specific factual circumstances.  A Holder's adjusted basis of an
     interest in the Portfolio will generally be the aggregate prices paid
     therefor (including the adjusted basis of contributed property and any
     gain recognized on such contribution), increased by the amounts of the
     Holder's distributive share of items of income (including interest income
     exempt from federal income tax) and realized net gain of the Portfolio,
     and reduced, but not below zero, by (i) the amounts of the Holder's
     distributive share of items of Portfolio loss, and (ii) the amount of any
     cash distributions (including distributions of interest income exempt from
     federal income tax and cash distributions on withdrawals from the
     Portfolio) and the basis to the Holder of any property received by such
     Holder other than in liquidation, and (iii) the Holder's distributive
     share of the Portfolio's nondeductible expenditures not properly
     chargeable to capital account.  Increases or decreases in a Holder's share
     of the Portfolio's liabilities may also result in corresponding increases
     or decreases in such adjusted basis.  Distributions of liquid proceeds in
     excess of a Holder's adjusted basis in its interest in the Portfolio
     immediately prior thereto generally will result in the recognition of gain
     to the Holder in the amount of such excess.
         
        
             The Portfolio may acquire zero coupon or other securities issued
     with original issue discount.  As the holder of those securities, the
     Portfolio must account for the original issue discount (even on municipal
     securities) that accrues on the securities during the taxable year, even
     if it receives no corresponding payment on the securities during the year. 
     Because each Holder that is a RIC annually must distribute substantially
     all of its investment company taxable income and net tax-exempt income,
     including any original issue discount, to qualify for treatment as a RIC,
     any such Holder may be required in a particular year to distribute as an
     "exempt-interest dividend" an amount that is greater than its pro-
     portionate share of the total amount of cash the Portfolio actually
     receives.  Those distributions will be made from the Holder's cash assets,
     if any, or from its proportionate share of the Portfolio's cash assets or
     the proceeds of sales of the Portfolio's securities, if necessary.  The
     Portfolio may realize capital gains or losses from those sales, which
     would increase or decrease the investment company taxable income and/or
     net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-
     term capital loss) of a Holder that is a RIC.  In addition, any such gains
     may be realized on the disposition of securities held for less than three
     months.  Because of the Short-Short Limitation (defined below), any such
     gains would reduce the Portfolio's ability to sell other securities, or
     options or futures contracts, held for less than three months that it
     might wish to sell in the ordinary course of its portfolio management.
         
        
             Investments in lower rated or unrated securities may present
     special tax issues for the Portfolio and hence to an investor in the
     Portfolio to the extent actual or anticipated defaults may be more likely
     with respect to such securities.  Tax rules are not entirely clear about
     issues such as when the Portfolio may cease to accrue interest, original
     issue discount, or market discount; when and to what extent deductions may

                                         B-33
<PAGE>






     be taken for bad debts or worthless securities; how payments received on
     obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income;
     and whether exchanges of debt obligations in a workout context are
     taxable.
         
        
             In order for a Holder that is a RIC to be entitled to pay the
     tax-exempt interest income the Portfolio allocates to it as
     exempt-interest dividends to its shareholders, the Holder must satisfy
     certain requirements, including the requirement that, at the close of each
     quarter of its taxable year, at least 50% of the value of its total assets
     consists of obligations the interest on which is excludable from gross
     income under Section 103(a) of the Code.  The Portfolio intends to
     concentrate its investments in such tax-exempt obligations to an extent
     that will enable a RIC that invests its investable assets in the Portfolio
     to satisfy this 50% requirement.  
         
        
             Interest on certain municipal obligations is treated as a tax
     preference item for purposes of the federal alternative minimum tax. 
     Holders that are required to file federal income tax returns are required
     to report tax-exempt interest allocated to them by the Portfolio on such
     returns.
         

             From time to time proposals have been introduced before Congress
     for the purpose of restricting or eliminating the Federal income tax
     exemption for interest on certain types of municipal obligations, and it
     can be expected that similar proposals may be introduced in the future. 
     Under Federal tax legislation enacted in 1986, the Federal income tax
     exemption for interest on certain municipal obligations was eliminated or
     restricted.  As a result of such legislation, the availability of
     municipal obligations for investment by the Portfolio and the value of the
     Portfolio may be affected.

        
             In the course of managing its investments, the Portfolio may
     realize some short-term and long-term capital gains (and/or losses) as a
     result of market transactions, including sales of portfolio securities and
     rights to when-issued securities and options and futures transactions. 
     The Portfolio may also realize taxable income from certain short-term
     taxable obligations, securities loans, a portion of original issue
     discount with respect to certain stripped municipal obligations or their
     stripped coupons and certain realized accrued market discount.  Any
     allocations of such capital gains or other taxable income to Holders would
     be taxable to Holders that are subject to tax.  However, it is expected
     that such amounts, if any, would normally be insubstantial in relation to
     the tax-exempt interest earned by the Portfolio.
         

             The Portfolio's transactions in options and futures contracts will
     be subject to special tax rules that may affect the amount, timing and

                                         B-34
<PAGE>






     character of its items of income, gain or loss and hence the allocations
     of such items to investors.  For example, certain positions held by the
     Portfolio on the last business day of each taxable year will be marked to
     market (i.e., treated as if closed out on such day), and any resulting
     gain or loss will generally be treated as 60% long-term and 40% short-term
     capital gain or loss.  Certain positions held by the Portfolio that
     substantially diminish the Portfolio's risk of loss with respect to other
     positions in its portfolio may constitute "straddles," which are subject
     to tax rules that may cause deferral of Portfolio losses, adjustments in
     the holding period of Portfolio securities and conversion of short-term
     into long-term capital losses. 

        
             Income from transactions in options and futures contracts derived
     by the Portfolio with respect to its business of investing in securities
     will qualify as permissible income for its Holders that are RICs under the
     requirement that at least 90% of a RIC's gross income each taxable year
     consist of specified types of income.  However, income from the dispo-
     sition by the Portfolio of options and futures contracts held for less
     than three months will be subject to the requirement applicable to those
     Holders that less than 30% of a RIC's gross income each taxable year
     consist of certain short-term gains ("Short-Short Limitation").
         
        
             If the Portfolio satisfies certain requirements, any increase in
     value of a position that is part of a "designated hedge" will be offset by
     any decrease in value (whether realized or not) of the offsetting hedging
     position during the period of the hedge for purposes of determining
     whether the Holders that are RICs satisfy the Short-Short Limitation. 
     Thus, only the net gain (if any) from the designated hedge will be
     included in gross income for purposes of that limitation.  The Portfolio
     will consider whether it should seek to qualify for this treatment for its
     hedging transactions.  To the extent the Portfolio does not so qualify, it
     may be forced to defer the closing out of options and futures contracts
     beyond the time when it otherwise would be advantageous to do so, in order
     for Holders that are RICs to continue to qualify as such.
         

             Interest on indebtedness incurred or continued by an investor to
     purchase or carry an investment in the Portfolio is not deductible to the
     extent it is deemed attributable to the investor's investment, through the
     Portfolio, in tax-exempt obligations.  Further, persons who are
     "substantial users" (or persons related to "substantial users") of
     facilities financed by industrial development or private activity bonds
     should consult their tax advisers before investing in the Portfolio. 
     "Substantial user" is defined in applicable Treasury regulations to
     include a "non-exempt person" who regularly uses in trade or business a
     part of a facility financed from the proceeds of industrial development
     bonds and would likely be interpreted to include private activity bonds
     issued to finance similar facilities.

        

                                         B-35
<PAGE>






             An entity that is treated as a partnership under the Code, such as
     the Portfolio, is generally treated as a partnership under state and local
     tax laws, but certain states may have different entity classification
     criteria and may therefore reach a different conclusion.  Entities that
     are classified as partnerships are not treated as separate taxable
     entities under most state and local tax laws, and the income of a
     partnership is considered to be income of partners both in timing and in
     character.  The exemption of interest income for Federal income tax
     purposes does not necessarily result in exemption under the income or tax
     laws of any state or local taxing authority.  The laws of the various
     states and local taxing authorities vary with respect to the taxation of
     such interest income, as well as to the status of a partnership interest
     under state and local tax laws, and each holder of an interest in the
     Portfolio is advised to consult his own tax adviser.
         

             The foregoing discussion does not address the special tax rules
     applicable to certain classes of investors, such as tax-exempt entities,
     insurance companies and financial institutions.  Investors should consult
     their own tax advisers with respect to special tax rules that may apply in
     their particular situations, as well as the state, local or foreign tax
     consequences of investing in the Portfolio.

     Item 21.  Underwriters

        
             The placement agent for the Portfolio is Eaton Vance Distributors,
     Inc., which receives no compensation for serving in this capacity. 
     Investment companies, common and commingled trust funds and similar
     organizations and entities may continuously invest in the Portfolio.
         

     Item 22.  Calculation of Performance Data

     Not applicable.

     Item 23.  Financial Statements

        
             The following audited financial statements of the Portfolio, which
     are included in the Annual Report to Shareholders of EV Marathon Alabama
     Tax Free Fund for the fiscal year ended August 31, 1995, are incorporated
     by reference into this Part B and have been so incorporated in reliance
     upon the report of Deloitte and Touche LLP, independent certified public
     accountants, as experts in accounting and auditing.  
         
        
             Portfolio of Investments as of August 31, 1995
             Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of August 31, 1995
             Statement of Operations for the fiscal year ended August 31, 1995
             Statement of Changes in Net Assets for the fiscal year ended
             August 31, 1995, for the eleven months ended August 31, 1994, and

                                         B-36
<PAGE>






             for the period from the start of business, February 1, 1993, to
             September 30, 1993
             Supplementary Data for the fiscal year ended August 31, 1995, for
             the eleven months ended August 31, 1994, and for the period from
             the start of business, February 1, 1993, to September 30, 1993
             Notes to Financial Statements
             Independent Auditors' Report
         
        
             For purposes of the EDGAR filing of this amendment to the
     Portfolio's registration statement, the Portfolio incorporates by
     reference the above audited financial statements of the Portfolio
     contained in the Annual Report to Shareholders of EV Marathon Alabama Tax
     Free Fund for the fiscal year ended August 31, 1995, as previously filed
     electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission (Accession
     Number 0000950135-95-002233).
         




































                                         B-37
<PAGE>






                                       APPENDIX

                          Description of Securities Ratings+

                           Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

     Municipal Bonds

     Aaa: Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality.  They
     carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to
     as "gilt edged."  Interest payments are protected by a large or by an
     exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure.  While the various
     protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be
     visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position
     of such issues.

     Aa: Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all
     standards.  Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally
     known as high grade bonds.  They are rated lower than the best bonds
     because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or
     fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there
     may be other elements present which make the long term risk appear
     somewhat larger than the Aaa securities.

     A: Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes
     and are to be considered as upper-medium-grade obligations.  Factors
     giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but
     elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment
     sometime in the future.

     Baa: Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade obligations
     (i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured).  Interest
     payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but
     certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically
     unreliable over any great length of time.  Such bonds lack outstanding
     investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as
     well.

     Ba: Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements;
     their future cannot be considered as well assured.  Often the protection
     of interest and principal payments may be very moderate and thereby not
     well safeguarded during other good and bad times over the future. 
     Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.


     ---------------
     + The ratings indicated herein are believed to be the most recent ratings
     available at the date of this Registration Statement for the securities
     listed.  Ratings are generally given to securities at the time of
     issuance.  While the rating agencies may from time to time revise such
     ratings, they undertake no obligation to do so, and the ratings indicated


                                         a-1
<PAGE>






     do not necessarily represent ratings which would be given to these
     securities on the date of the Portfolio's fiscal year end.

     B: Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the desirable
     investment.  Assurance of interest and principal payments or of
     maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time
     may be small.

     Caa: Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing.  Such issues may be
     in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to
     principal or interest.

     Ca: Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are speculative
     in a high degree.  Such issues are often in default or have other marked
     shortcomings.

     C: Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and issues
     so rated can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever
     attaining any real investment standing.

     Absence of Rating: Where no rating has been assigned or where a rating has
     been suspended or withdrawn, it may be for reasons unrelated to the
     quality of the issue. 

     Should no rating be assigned, the reason may be one of the following:

             1.      An application for rating was not received or accepted.
             2.      The issue or issuer belongs to a group of securities or
                     companies that are not rated as a matter of policy.
             3.      There is a lack of essential data pertaining to the issue
                     or issuer.
             4.      The issue was privately placed, in which case the rating
                     is not published in Moody's publications.

     Suspension or withdrawal may occur if new and material circumstances
     arise, the effects of which preclude satisfactory analysis; if there is no
     longer available reasonable up-to-date data to permit a judgment to be
     formed; if a bond is called for redemption; or for other reasons.

     Note:  Moody's applies numerical modifiers, 1, 2, and 3 in each generic
     rating classification from Aa through B in its corporate bond rating
     system.  The modifier 1 indicates that the security ranks in the higher
     end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range
     ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates that the issue ranks in the lower
     end of its generic rating category.

     Municipal Short-Term Obligations

     Ratings:  Moody's ratings for state and municipal short-term obligations
     will be designated Moody's Investment Grade or (MIG).  Such rating
     recognizes the differences between short term credit risk and long term
     risk.  Factors affecting the liquidity of the borrower and short term

                                         a-2
<PAGE>






     cyclical elements are critical in short term ratings, while other factors
     of major importance in bond risk, long term secular trends for example,
     may be less important over the short run.

     A short term rating may also be assigned on an issue having a demand
     feature, variable rate demand obligation (VRDO).  Such ratings will be
     designated as VMIGI, SG or if the demand feature is not rated, NR.  A
     short term rating on issues with demand features are differentiated by the
     use of the VMIGI symbol to reflect such characteristics as payment upon
     periodic demand rather than fixed maturity dates and payment relying on
     external liquidity.  Additionally, investors should be alert to the fact
     that the source of payment may be limited to the external liquidity with
     no or limited legal recourse to the issuer in the event the demand is not
     met.

     Commercial Paper

     Moody's commercial paper ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to
     repay punctually promissory obligations not having an original maturity in
     excess of 365 days.

     Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 (P-1) have a superior
     ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations.  Prime-1 or
     P-1 repayment ability will often be evidenced by many of the following
     characteristics:

       -     Leading market positions in well established industries.

       -     High rates of return on funds employed.

       -     Conservative capitalization structure with moderate reliance on
             debt and ample asset protection.

       -     Broad margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges and
             high internal cash generation.

       -     Well established access to a range of financial markets and
             assured sources of alternate liquidity.

     Prime-2

     Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 (P-2) have a strong
     ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations.  This will
     normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited above, but to a
     lesser degree.  Earnings trends and coverage ratios, while sound, may be
     more subject to variation.  Capitalization characteristics, while still
     appropriate, may be more affected by external conditions.  Ample alternate
     liquidity is maintained.





                                         a-3
<PAGE>






     Prime-3

     Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 (P-3) have an
     acceptable ability for repayment of senior short-term obligations.  The
     effect of industry characteristics and market compositions may be more
     pronounced.  Variability in earnings and profitability may result in
     changes in the level of debt protection measurements and may require
     relatively high financial leverage.  Adequate alternate liquidity is
     maintained.












































                                         a-4
<PAGE>






                                  Standard & Poor's

        
         

     Investment Grade

     AAA: Debt rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by S&P.  Capacity to
     pay interest and repay principal is extremely strong.

     AA: Debt rated AA has a very strong capacity to pay interest and differs
     from the highest rated issues only in small degree.

     A: Debt rated A has a strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal
     although it is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes
     in circumstances and economic conditions than debt in higher rated
     categories.

     BBB: Debt rated BBB is regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay
     interest and repay principal.  Whereas it normally exhibit adequate
     protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing
     circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay
     interest and repay principal for debt in this category than in higher
     rated categories.

     Speculative Grade

     Debt rated BB, B, CCC, CC, and C is regarded as having predominantly
     speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and
     repay principal.  BB indicates the least degree of speculation and C the
     highest.  While such debt will likely have some quality and protective
     characteristics, these are outweighed by large uncertainties or major
     exposures to adverse conditions.

     BB: Debt rated BB has less near-term vulnerability to default than other
     speculative issues.  However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or
     exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which
     could lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal
     payments.  The BB rating category is also used for debt subordinated to
     senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied BBB-  rating.

     B: Debt rated B has a greater vulnerability to default but currently has
     the capacity to meet interest payments and principal repayments.  Adverse
     business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair capacity or
     willingness to pay interest and repay principal.  The B rating category is
     also used for debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual
     or implied BB or BB- rating.

     CCC: Debt rated CCC has a currently identifiable vulnerability to default,
     and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic
     conditions to meet timely payment of interest and repayment of principal. 
     In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, it is

                                         a-5
<PAGE>






     not likely to have the capacity to pay interest and repay principal.  The
     CCC rating category is also used for debt subordinated to senior debt that
     is assigned an actual or implied B or B- rating.

     CC: The rating CC is typically applied to debt subordinated to senior debt
     which is assigned an actual or implied CCC debt rating.

     C: The rating C is typically applied to debt subordinated to senior debt
     which is assigned an actual or implied CCC- debt rating.  The C rating may
     be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed,
     but debt service payments are continued.

     C1: The Rating C1 is reserved for income bonds on which no interest is
     being paid.

     D: Debt rated D is in payment default.  The D rating category is used when
     interest payments or principal payments are not made on the date due even
     if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that
     such payments will be made during such grace period.  The D rating also
     will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition if debt service
     payments are jeopardized.

     Plus (+) or Minus (-): The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the
     addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the
     major rating categories.

     p: The letter "p" indicates that the rating is provisional.  A provisional
     rating assumes the successful completion of the project being financed by
     the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service
     requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful and
     timely  completion of the project.  This rating, however, while addressing
     credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment
     on the likelihood of, or the risk of default upon failure of such
     completion.  The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to
     such likelihood and risk.

     L: The letter "L" indicates that the rating pertains to the principal
     amount of those bonds to the extent that the underlying deposit collateral
     is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corp. and interest is
     adequately collateralized.  In the case of certificates of deposit the
     letter "L" indicates that the deposit, combined with other deposits, being
     held in the same right and capacity, will be honored for principal and
     accrued pre-default interest up to the federal insurance limits within 30
     days after closing of the insured institution or, in the event that the
     deposit is assumed by a successor insured institution, upon maturity.

     NR: NR indicates no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient
     information on which to base a rating, or that S&P does not rate a
     particular type of obligation as a matter of policy.




                                         a-6
<PAGE>






     Municipal Notes

     S&P's note ratings reflect the liquidity concerns and market access risks
     unique to notes.  Notes due in 3 years or less will likely receive a note
     rating.  Notes maturing beyond 3 years will most likely receive a
     long-term debt rating.  The following criteria will be used in making that
     assessment:

       -     Amortization schedule (the larger the final maturity relative to
             other maturities the more likely it will be treated as a note).

       -     Sources of payment (the more dependent the issue is on the market
             for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a
             note).

     Note rating symbols are as follows:

     SP-1: Strong capacity to pay principal and interest.  Those issues
     determined to possess very strong characteristics will be given a plus(+)
     designation.

     SP-2: Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest with some
     vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the terms of
     the note.

     SP-3: Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

     Commercial Paper

     S&P's commercial paper ratings are a current assessment of the likelihood
     of timely payment of debts considered short-term in the relevant market.

     A: Issues assigned this highest rating are regarded as having the greatest
     capacity for timely payment.  Issues in this category are delineated with
     the numbers 1, 2 and 3 to indicate the relative degree of safety.

     A-1: This designation indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely
     payment is strong.  Those issues determined to possess extremely strong
     safety characteristics are denoted with a plus (+) sign designation.

     A-2: Capacity for timely payment on issues with this designation is
     satisfactory.  However, the relative degree of safety is not as high as
     for issues designated "A-1".

     A-3: Issues carrying this designation have adequate capacity for timely
     payment.  They are, however, more vulnerable to the adverse effects of
     changes in circumstances than obligations carrying the higher
     designations.

     B: Issues rated "B" are regarded as having only speculative capacity for
     timely payment.


                                         a-7
<PAGE>






     C: This rating is assigned to short term debt obligations with doubtful
     capacity for payment.

     D: Debt rated 'D' is in payment default.  The 'D' rating category is used
     when interest payments or principal payments are not made on the date due,
     even if the applicable grace period had not expired, unless S&P believes
     that such payments will be made during such grace period.














































                                         a-8
<PAGE>






                            Fitch Investors Service, Inc.

     Investment Grade Bond Ratings

     AAA: Bonds considered to be investment grade and of the highest credit
     quality.  The obligor has an exceptionally strong ability to pay interest
     and repay principal, which is unlikely to be affected by reasonably
     foreseeable events.

     AA: Bonds considered to be investment grade and of very high credit
     quality.  The obligor's ability to pay interest and repay principal is
     very strong, although not quite as strong as bonds rated 'AAA'.  Because
     bonds rated in the 'AAA' and 'AA' categories are not significantly
     vulnerable to foreseeable future developments, short-term debt of these
     issuers is generally rated 'F-1+'.

     A: Bonds considered to be investment grade and of high credit quality. 
     The obligors ability to pay interest and repay principal is considered to
     be strong, but may be more vulnerable to adverse changes in economic
     conditions and circumstances than bonds with higher ratings.

     BBB: Bonds considered to be investment grade and of satisfactory credit
     quality.  The obligor's ability to pay interest and repay principal is
     considered to be adequate.  Adverse changes in economic conditions and
     circumstances, however, are more likely to have adverse impact on these
     bonds, and therefore, impair timely payment.  The likelihood that the
     ratings of these bonds will fall below investment grade is higher than for
     bonds with higher ratings.

     High Yield Bond Ratings

     BB: Bonds are considered speculative.  The obligor's ability to pay
     interest and repay principal may be affected over time by adverse economic
     changes.  However, business and financial alternatives can be identified
     that could assist the obligor in satisfying its debt service requirements.

     B: Bonds are considered highly speculative.  While bonds in this class are
     currently meeting debt service requirements, the probability of continued
     timely payment of principal and interest reflects the obligor's limited
     margin of safety and the need for reasonable business and economic
     activity throughout the life of the issue.

     CCC: Bonds have certain identifiable characteristics which, if not
     remedied, may lead to default.  The ability to meet obligations requires
     an advantageous business and economic environment.

     CC: Bonds are minimally protected.  Default in payment of interest and/or
     principal seems probable over time.

     C: Bonds are in imminent default in payment of interest or principal.



                                         a-9
<PAGE>






     DDD, DD, and D: Bonds are in default on interest and/or principal
     payments.  Such bonds are extremely speculative and should be valued on
     the basis of their ultimate recovery value in liquidation or
     reorganization of the obligor.  `DDD' represents the highest potential for
     recovery on these bonds, and `D' represents the lowest potential for
     recovery.

     Plus (+) or Minus (-): The ratings from AA to C may be modified by the
     addition of a plus or minus sign to indicate the relative position of a
     credit within the rating category.

     NR: Indicates that Fitch does not rate the specific issue.

     Conditional: A conditional rating is premised on the successful completion
     of a project or the occurrence of a specific event.

     Investment Grade Short-Term Ratings

     Fitch's short-term ratings apply to debt obligations that are payable on
     demand or have original maturities of generally up to three years,
     including commercial paper, certificates of deposit, medium-term notes,
     and municipal and investment notes.

     F-1+: Exceptionally Strong Credit Quality.  Issues assigned this rating
     are regarded as having the strongest degree of assurance for timely
     payment.

     F-1: Very Strong Credit Quality.  Issues assigned this rating reflect an
     assurance of timely payment only slightly less in degree than issues rated
     'F-1+'.

     F-2: Good Credit Quality.  Issues carrying this rating have a satisfactory
     degree of assurance for timely payment, but the margin of safety is not as
     great as the `F-1+' and `F-1' categories.

     F-3: Fair Credit Quality.  Issues carrying this rating have
     characteristics suggesting that the degree of assurance for timely payment
     is adequate; however, near-term adverse change could cause these
     securities to be rated below investment grade.

                                   * * * * * * * *

     Notes: Bonds which are unrated expose the investor to risks with respect
     to capacity to pay interest or repay principal which are similar to the
     risks of lower-rated speculative bonds.  The Portfolio is dependent on the
     Investment Adviser's judgment, analysis and experience in the evaluation
     of such bonds.

     Investors should note that the assignment of a rating to a bond by a
     rating service may not reflect the effect of recent developments on the
     issuer's ability to make interest and principal payments.


                                         a-10
<PAGE>






                                       PART C 


     Item 24.  Financial Statements and Exhibits

             (a)     Financial Statements

        
                     The financial statements called for by this Item are
                     incorporated by reference in Part B and listed in Item 23
                     hereof.
         

             (b)     Exhibits

        
                     1.       (a)  Declaration of Trust dated May 1, 1992 filed
                              herewith.
         

                              (b)  Amendment to the Declaration of Trust dated
                              June 13, 1994 filed herewith.


        
                              (c)  Form of Amendment to the Declaration of
                              Trust dated January 1, 1996 filed herewith.
         
        
                     2.       By-Laws of the Registrant dated May 1, 1992 filed
                              herewith.
         
        
                     5.       Investment Advisory Agreement between the
                              Registrant and Boston Management and Research
                              dated October 13, 1992 filed herewith.
         
        
                     6.       Placement Agent Agreement with Eaton Vance
                              Distributors, Inc. dated January 29, 1993 filed
                              herewith.
         
        
                     8.       (a)  Custodian Agreement with Investors Bank &
                              Trust Company dated January 29, 1993 filed
                              herewith.
         
        
                              (b)  Amendment to the Custodian Agreement dated
                              October 23, 1995 filed herewith.
         
        

                                         c-1
<PAGE>






                     13.      Investment representation letter of Eaton Vance
                              Municipals Trust (on behalf of Eaton Vance
                              Alabama Tax Free Fund) January 21, 1993 filed
                              herewith.
         
     Item 25.  Persons Controlled by or under Common Control with Registrant

             Not applicable.

     Item 26.  Number of Holders of Securities
        
                          (1)               (2)
                                                  Number of
                     Title of Class            Record Holders
                     ______________            ______________
                                        As of December 4, 1995

                      Interests                       4                         
            
         

     Item 27.  Indemnification

             No change from the information set forth in Item 27 of Form N-1A
     in the original Registration Statement under the Investment Company Act of
     1940, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

             The Trustees and officers of the Registrant and the personnel of
     the Registrant's investment adviser are insured under an errors and
     omissions liability insurance policy.  The Registrant and its officers are
     also insured under the fidelity bond required by Rule 17g-1 under the
     Investment Company Act of 1940.

     Item 28.  Business and Other Connections

             To the knowledge of the Portfolio, none of the trustees or
     officers of the Portfolio's investment adviser, except as set forth on its
     Form ADV as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, is engaged
     in any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial
     nature, except that certain trustees and officers also hold various
     positions with and engage in business for affiliates of the investment
     adviser.

     Item 29.  Principal Underwriters

             Not applicable.

     Item 30.  Location of Accounts and Records
        
             All applicable accounts, books and documents required to be
     maintained by the Registrant by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company
     Act of 1940 and the Rules promulgated thereunder are in the possession and

                                         c-2
<PAGE>






     custody of the Registrant's custodian, Investors Bank & Trust Company, 89
     South Street, Boston, MA  02111, and its transfer agent, First Data
     Investor Services Group, Inc., 53 State Street, Boston, MA  02104, with
     the exception of certain corporate documents and portfolio trading
     documents which are in the possession and custody of the Registrant's
     investment adviser at 24 Federal Street, Boston, MA  02110.  The
     Registrant is informed that all applicable accounts, books and documents
     required to be maintained by registered investment advisers are in the
     custody and possession of the Registrant's investment adviser.

         

     Item 31.  Management Services

             Not applicable.

     Item 32.  Undertakings

             Not applicable.


































                                         c-3
<PAGE>






        
                                     SIGNATURES 
         
        

             Pursuant to the requirements of the Investment Company Act of
     1940, the Registrant has duly caused this amendment to the Registration
     Statement on Form N-1A to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
     thereunto duly authorized in the City of Boston and Commonwealth of
     Massachusetts on the 19th day of December, 1995.
         

        
                                               ALABAMA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO


                                               By: /s/ Thomas J. Fetter
                                                   _______________________
                                                   Thomas J. Fetter
                                                   President
         
































                                         c-4
<PAGE>







                                  INDEX TO EXHIBITS


     Exhibit No.     Description of Exhibit
     ___________     ______________________

        
     1.              (a)  Declaration of Trust dated May 1, 1992 
         
        
                     (b)  Amendment to the Declaration of Trust dated June 13,
                     1994 
         
        
                     (c)  Form of Amendment to the Declaration of Trust dated
                     January 1, 1996
         
        
     2.              By-Laws of the Registrant dated May 1, 1992 
         
        
     5.              Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and
                     Boston Management and Research dated October 13, 1992 
         
        
     6.              Placement Agent Agreement with Eaton Vance Distributors,
                     Inc. dated January 29, 1993 
         
        
     8.              (a)  Custodian Agreement with Investors Bank & Trust
                     Company dated January 29, 1993 
         
        
                     (b)  Amendment to the Custodian Agreement dated October
                     23, 1995 
         
        
     13.             Investment representation letter of Eaton Vance Municipals
                     Trust (on behalf of Eaton Vance Alabama Tax Free Fund)
                     dated January 21, 1993

         










                                         c-5
<PAGE>

<PAGE>


                             ALABAMA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                                                      

                                DECLARATION OF TRUST

                               Dated as of May 1, 1992
<PAGE>






                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                           PAGE
                                                                           ----

     ARTICLE I--The Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

           Section 1.1    Name   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
           Section 1.2    Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

     ARTICLE II--Trustees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3

           Section 2.1    Number and Qualification   . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
           Section 2.2    Term and Election  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
           Section 2.3    Resignation, Removal and Retirement  . . . . . . .   3
           Section 2.4    Vacancies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
           Section 2.5    Meetings   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
           Section 2.6    Officers; Chairman of the Board  . . . . . . . . .   5
           Section 2.7    By-Laws  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5

     ARTICLE III--Powers of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5

           Section 3.1    General  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
           Section 3.2    Investments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
           Section 3.3    Legal Title  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
           Section 3.4    Sale and Increases of Interests  . . . . . . . . .   6
           Section 3.5    Decreases and Redemptions of Interests   . . . . .   7
           Section 3.6    Borrow Money   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
           Section 3.7    Delegation; Committees   . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
           Section 3.8    Collection and Payment   . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
           Section 3.9    Expenses   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
           Section 3.10   Miscellaneous Powers   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
           Section 3.11   Further Powers   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

     ARTICLE IV--Investment Advisory, Administration and Placement Agent
                  Arrangements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

           Section 4.1    Investment Advisory, Administration and Other
                          Arrangements   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
           Section 4.2    Parties to Contract  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9

     ARTICLE V--Liability of Holders; Limitations of Liability of 
                          Trustees, Officers, etc.   . . . . . . . . . . . .   9

           Section 5.1    Liability of Holders; Indemnification  . . . . . .   9
           Section 5.2    Limitations of Liability of Trustees, Officers,
                              Employees, Agents, Independent Contractors
                              to Third Parties   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
           Section 5.3    Limitations of Liability of Trustees, Officers,
                              Employees, Agents, Independent Contractors
                              to Trust, Holders, etc.  . . . . . . . . . . .  10
           Section 5.4    Mandatory Indemnification  . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
           Section 5.5    No Bond Required of Trustees   . . . . . . . . . .  10

                                        - i -
<PAGE>






           Section 5.6    No Duty of Investigation; Notice in Trust
                          Instruments, etc   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
           Section 5.7    Reliance on Experts, etc   . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

     ARTICLE VI--Interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

           Section 6.1    Interests  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
           Section 6.2    Non-Transferability  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
           Section 6.3    Register of Interests  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

     ARTICLE VII--Increases, Decreases And Redemptions of Interests  . . . .  12

     ARTICLE VIII--Determination of Book Capital Account Balances,
                          and Distributions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12

           Section 8.1    Book Capital Account Balances  . . . . . . . . . .  12
           Section 8.2    Allocations and Distributions to Holders   . . . .  12
           Section 8.3    Power to Modify Foregoing Procedures   . . . . . .  13

     ARTICLE IX--Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13

           Section 9.1    Rights of Holders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
           Section 9.2    Meetings of Holders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
           Section 9.3    Notice of Meetings   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
           Section 9.4    Record Date for Meetings, Distributions, etc.  . .  13
           Section 9.5    Proxies, etc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
           Section 9.6    Reports  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
           Section 9.7    Inspection of Records  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
           Section 9.8    Holder Action by Written Consent   . . . . . . . .  14
           Section 9.9    Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15

     ARTICLE X--Duration; Termination; Amendment; Mergers; Etc.  . . . . . .  15

           Section 10.1   Duration   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
           Section 10.2   Termination  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
           Section 10.3   Dissolution  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
           Section 10.4   Amendment Procedure  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
           Section 10.5   Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets   . . . .  18
           Section 10.6   Incorporation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18

     ARTICLE XI--Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18

           Section 11.1   Certificate of Designation; Agent for 
                          Service of Process   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
           Section 11.2   Governing Law  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
           Section 11.3   Counterparts   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
           Section 11.4   Reliance by Third Parties  . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
           Section 11.5   Provisions in Conflict With Law or
                          Regulations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20




                                        - ii -
<PAGE>






                                DECLARATION OF TRUST

                                          OF

                             ALABAMA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
                                                          

           This DECLARATION OF TRUST of Alabama Tax Free Portfolio is made as
     of the 1st day of May, 1992 by the parties signatory hereto, as Trustees
     (as defined in Section 1.2 hereof).

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:

           WHEREAS, the Trustees desire to form a trust fund under the law of
     the State of New York for the investment and reinvestment of its assets;
     and

           WHEREAS, it is proposed that the trust assets be composed of money
     and property contributed thereto by the holders of interests in the trust
     entitled to ownership rights in the trust;

           NOW, THEREFORE, the Trustees hereby declare that they will hold in
     trust all money and property contributed to the trust fund and will manage
     and dispose of the same for the benefit of the holders of interests in the
     Trust and subject to the provisions hereof, to wit:


                                      ARTICLE I

                                      THE TRUST

           1.1.   Name.  The name of the trust created hereby (the "Trust")
     shall be Alabama Tax Free Portfolio and so far as may be practicable the
     Trustees shall conduct the Trust's activities, execute all documents and
     sue or be sued under that name, which name (and the word "Trust" wherever
     hereinafter used) shall refer to the Trustees as Trustees, and not
     individually, and shall not refer to the officers, employees, agents or
     independent contractors of the Trust or holders of interests in the Trust. 

           1.2.   Definitions.  As used in this Declaration, the following
     terms shall have the following meanings:

           "Administrator" shall mean any party furnishing services to the
     Trust pursuant to any administration contract described in Section 4.1
     hereof.

           "Book Capital Account" shall mean, for any Holder at any time, the
     Book Capital Account of the Holder for such day, determined in accordance
     with Section 8.1 hereof. 

           "Code" shall mean the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
     from time to time, as well as any non-superseded provisions of the U.S.
     Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended (or any corresponding provision
     or provisions of succeeding law).
<PAGE>






           "Commission" shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

           "Declaration" shall mean this Declaration of Trust as amended from
     time to time.  References in this Declaration to "Declaration", "hereof",
     "herein" and "hereunder" shall be deemed to refer to this Declaration
     rather than the article or section in which any such word appears.

           "Fiscal Year" shall mean an annual period determined by the Trustees
     which ends on September 30 of each year or on such other day as is
     permitted or required by the Code.

           "Holders" shall mean as of any particular time all holders of record
     of Interests in the Trust.

           "Institutional Investor(s)" shall mean any regulated investment
     company, segregated asset account, foreign investment company, common
     trust fund, group trust or other investment arrangement, whether organized
     within or without the United States of America, other than an individual,
     S corporation, partnership or grantor trust beneficially owned by any
     individual, S corporation or partnership.

           "Interest(s)" shall mean the interest of a Holder in the Trust,
     including all rights, powers and privileges accorded to Holders by this
     Declaration, which interest may be expressed as a percentage, determined
     by calculating, at such times and on such basis as the Trustees shall from
     time to time determine, the ratio of each Holder's Book Capital Account
     balance to the total of all Holders' Book Capital Account balances. 
     Reference herein to a specified percentage of, or fraction of, Interests,
     means Holders whose combined Book Capital Account balances represent such
     specified percentage or fraction of the combined Book Capital Account
     balances of all, or a specified group of, Holders.

           "Interested Person" shall have the meaning given it in the 1940 Act.

           "Investment Adviser" shall mean any party furnishing services to the
     Trust pursuant to any investment advisory contract described in Section
     4.1 hereof.

           "Majority Interests Vote" shall mean the vote, at a meeting of
     Holders, of (A) 67% or more of the Interests present or represented at
     such meeting, if Holders of more than 50% of all Interests are present or
     represented by proxy, or (B) more than 50% of all Interests, whichever is
     less.

           "Person" shall mean and include individuals, corporations,
     partnerships, trusts, associations, joint ventures and other entities,
     whether or not legal entities, and governments and agencies and political
     subdivisions thereof.

           "Redemption" shall mean the complete withdrawal of an Interest of a
     Holder the result of which is to reduce the Book Capital Account balance


                                        - 2 -
<PAGE>






     of that Holder to zero, and the term "redeem" shall mean to effect a
     Redemption.

           "Trustees" shall mean each signatory to this Declaration, so long as
     such signatory shall continue in office in accordance with the terms
     hereof, and all other individuals who at the time in question have been
     duly elected or appointed and have qualified as Trustees in accordance
     with the provisions hereof and are then in office, and reference in this
     Declaration to a Trustee or Trustees shall refer to such individual or
     individuals in their capacity as Trustees hereunder.

           "Trust Property" shall mean as of any particular time any and all
     property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, which at such time is
     owned or held by or for the account of the Trust or the Trustees.

           The "1940 Act" shall mean the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940,
     as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations thereunder.


                                     ARTICLE II

                                       TRUSTEES

           2.1.   Number and Qualification.  The number of Trustees shall be
     fixed from time to time by action of the Trustees taken as provided in
     Section 2.5 hereof; provided, however, that the number of Trustees so
     fixed shall in no event be less than three or more than 15.  Any vacancy
     created by an increase in the number of Trustees may be filled by the
     appointment of an individual having the qualifications described in this
     Section 2.1 made by action of the Trustees taken as provided in Section
     2.5 hereof.  Any such appointment shall not become effective, however,
     until the individual named in the written instrument of appointment shall
     have accepted in writing such appointment and agreed in writing to be
     bound by the terms of this Declaration.  No reduction in the number of
     Trustees shall have the effect of removing any Trustee from office. 
     Whenever a vacancy occurs, until such vacancy is filled as provided in
     Section 2.4 hereof, the Trustees continuing in office, regardless of their
     number, shall have all the powers granted to the Trustees and shall
     discharge all the duties imposed upon the Trustees by this Declaration.  A
     Trustee shall be an individual at least 21 years of age who is not under
     legal disability.

           2.2.   Term and Election.  Each Trustee named herein, or elected or
     appointed prior to the first meeting of Holders, shall (except in the
     event of resignations, retirements, removals or vacancies pursuant to
     Section 2.3 or Section 2.4 hereof) hold office until a successor to such
     Trustee has been elected at such meeting and has qualified to serve as
     Trustee, as required under the 1940 Act.  Subject to the provisions of
     Section 16(a) of the 1940 Act and except as provided in Section 2.3
     hereof, each Trustee shall hold office during the lifetime of the Trust
     and until its termination as hereinafter provided.


                                        - 3 -
<PAGE>






           2.3.   Resignation, Removal and Retirement.  Any Trustee may resign
     his or her trust (without need for prior or subsequent accounting) by an
     instrument in writing executed by such Trustee and delivered or mailed to
     the Chairman, if any, the President or the Secretary of the Trust and such
     resignation shall be effective upon such delivery, or at a later date
     according to the terms of the instrument.  Any Trustee may be removed by
     the affirmative vote of Holders of two-thirds of the Interests or
     (provided the aggregate number of Trustees, after such removal and after
     giving effect to any appointment made to fill the vacancy created by such
     removal, shall not be less than the number required by Section 2.1 hereof)
     with cause, by the action of two-thirds of the remaining Trustees. 
     Removal with cause includes, but is not limited to, the removal of a
     Trustee due to physical or mental incapacity or failure to comply with
     such written policies as from time to time may be adopted by at least
     two-thirds of the Trustees with respect to the conduct of the Trustees and
     attendance at meetings.  Any Trustee who has attained a mandatory
     retirement age, if any, established pursuant to any written policy adopted
     from time to time by at least two-thirds of the Trustees shall,
     automatically and without action by such Trustee or the remaining
     Trustees, be deemed to have retired in accordance with the terms of such
     policy, effective as of the date determined in accordance with such
     policy.  Any Trustee who has become incapacitated by illness or injury as
     determined by a majority of the other Trustees, may be retired by written
     instrument executed by a majority of the other Trustees, specifying the
     date of such Trustee's retirement.  Upon the resignation, retirement or
     removal of a Trustee, or a Trustee otherwise ceasing to be a Trustee, such
     resigning, retired, removed or former Trustee shall execute and deliver
     such documents as the remaining Trustees shall require for the purpose of
     conveying to the Trust or the remaining Trustees any Trust Property held
     in the name of such resigning, retired, removed or former Trustee.  Upon
     the death of any Trustee or upon removal, retirement or resignation due to
     any Trustee's incapacity to serve as Trustee, the legal representative of
     such deceased, removed, retired or resigning Trustee shall execute and
     deliver on behalf of such deceased, removed, retired or resigning Trustee
     such documents as the remaining Trustees shall require for the purpose set
     forth in the preceding sentence.

           2.4.   Vacancies.  The term of office of a Trustee shall terminate
     and a vacancy shall occur in the event of the death, resignation,
     retirement, adjudicated incompetence or other incapacity to perform the
     duties of the office, or removal, of a Trustee.  No such vacancy shall
     operate to annul this Declaration or to revoke any existing agency created
     pursuant to the terms of this Declaration.  In the case of a vacancy,
     Holders of at least a majority of the Interests entitled to vote, acting
     at any meeting of Holders held in accordance with Section 9.2 hereof, or,
     to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, a majority vote of the Trustees
     continuing in office acting by written instrument or instruments, may fill
     such vacancy, and any Trustee so elected by the Trustees or the Holders
     shall hold office as provided in this Declaration.

           2.5.   Meetings.  Meetings of the Trustees shall be held from time
     to time upon the call of the Chairman, if any, the President, the

                                        - 4 -
<PAGE>






     Secretary, an Assistant Secretary or any two Trustees, at such time, on
     such day and at such place, as shall be designated in the notice of the
     meeting.  The Trustees shall hold an annual meeting for the election of
     officers and the transaction of other business which may come before such
     meeting.  Regular meetings of the Trustees may be held without call or
     notice at a time and place fixed by the By-Laws or by resolution of the
     Trustees.  Notice of any other meeting shall be given by mail, by telegram
     (which term shall include a cablegram), by telecopier or delivered
     personally (which term shall include by telephone).  If notice is given by
     mail, it shall be mailed not later than 48 hours preceding the meeting and
     if given by telegram, telecopier or personally, such notice shall be sent
     or delivery made not later than 24 hours preceding the meeting.  Notice of
     a meeting of Trustees may be waived before or after any meeting by signed
     written waiver.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose
     of, any meeting of the Trustees need be stated in the notice or waiver of
     notice of such meeting.  The attendance of a Trustee at a meeting shall
     constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except in the situation in
     which a Trustee attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at
     the commencement of such meeting, to the transaction of any business on
     the ground that the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.  The
     Trustees may act with or without a meeting, but no notice need be given of
     action proposed to be taken by written consent.  A quorum for all meetings
     of the Trustees shall be a majority of the Trustees.  Unless provided
     otherwise in this Declaration, any action of the Trustees may be taken at
     a meeting by vote of a majority of the Trustees present (a quorum being
     present) or without a meeting by written consent of a majority of the
     Trustees.

           Any committee of the Trustees, including an executive committee, if
     any, may act with or without a meeting.  A quorum for all meetings of any
     such committee shall be a majority of the members thereof.  Unless
     provided otherwise in this Declaration, any action of any such committee
     may be taken at a meeting by vote of a majority of the members present (a
     quorum being present) or without a meeting by written consent of a
     majority of the members.

           With respect to actions of the Trustees and any committee of the
     Trustees, Trustees who are Interested Persons of the Trust or otherwise
     interested in any action to be taken may be counted for quorum purposes
     under this Section 2.5 and shall be entitled to vote to the extent
     permitted by the 1940 Act.

           All or any one or more Trustees may participate in a meeting of the
     Trustees or any committee thereof by means of a conference telephone or
     similar communications equipment by means of which all individuals
     participating in the meeting can hear each other and participation in a
     meeting by means of such communications equipment shall constitute
     presence in person at such meeting.

           2.6.   Officers; Chairman of the Board.  The Trustees shall, from
     time to time, elect a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer.  The
     Trustees may elect or appoint, from time to time, a Chairman of the Board

                                        - 5 -
<PAGE>






     who shall preside at all meetings of the Trustees and carry out such other
     duties as the Trustees may designate.  The Trustees may elect or appoint
     or authorize the President to appoint such other officers, agents or
     independent contractors with such powers as the Trustees may deem to be
     advisable.  The Chairman, if any, shall be and each other officer may, but
     need not, be a Trustee.

           2.7.   By-Laws.  The Trustees may adopt and, from time to time,
     amend or repeal By-Laws for the conduct of the business of the Trust.


                                     ARTICLE III

                                  POWERS OF TRUSTEES

           3.1.   General.  The Trustees shall have exclusive and absolute
     control over the Trust Property and over the business of the Trust to the
     same extent as if the Trustees were the sole owners of the Trust Property
     and such business in their own right, but with such powers of delegation
     as may be permitted by this Declaration.  The Trustees may perform such
     acts as in their sole discretion they deem proper for conducting the
     business of the Trust.  The enumeration of or failure to mention any
     specific power herein shall not be construed as limiting such exclusive
     and absolute control.  The powers of the Trustees may be exercised without
     order of or resort to any court.

           3.2.   Investments.  The Trustees shall have power to:

                  (a)     conduct, operate and carry on the business of an
     investment company;

                  (b)     subscribe for, invest in, reinvest in, purchase or
     otherwise acquire, hold, pledge, sell, assign, transfer, exchange,
     distribute or otherwise deal in or dispose of U.S. and foreign currencies
     and related instruments including forward contracts, and securities,
     including common and preferred stock, warrants, bonds, debentures, time
     notes and all other evidences of indebtedness, negotiable or non-
     negotiable instruments, obligations, certificates of deposit or
     indebtedness, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase
     agreements, convertible securities, forward contracts, options, futures
     contracts, and other securities, including, without limitation, those
     issued, guaranteed or sponsored by any state, territory or possession of
     the United States and the District of Columbia and their political
     subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities, or by the U.S. Government,
     any foreign government, or any agency, instrumentality or political
     subdivision of the U.S. Government or any foreign government, or any
     international instrumentality, or by any bank, savings institution,
     corporation or other business entity organized under the laws of the
     United States or under any foreign laws; and to exercise any and all
     rights, powers and privileges of ownership or interest in respect of any
     and all such  investments of any kind and description, including, without
     limitation, the right to consent and otherwise act with respect thereto,

                                        - 6 -
<PAGE>






     with power to designate one or more Persons to exercise any of such
     rights, powers and privileges in respect of any of such investments; and
     the Trustees shall be deemed to have the foregoing powers with respect to
     any additional instruments in which the Trustees may determine to invest.

           The Trustees shall not be limited to investing in obligations
     maturing before the possible termination of the Trust, nor shall the
     Trustees be limited by any law limiting the investments which may be made
     by fiduciaries.

           3.3.   Legal Title.  Legal title to all Trust Property shall be
     vested in the Trustees as joint tenants except that the Trustees shall
     have the power to cause legal title to any Trust Property to be held by or
     in the name of one or more of the Trustees, or in the name of the Trust,
     or in the name or nominee name of any other Person on behalf of the Trust,
     on such terms as the Trustees may determine.

           The right, title and interest of the Trustees in the Trust Property
     shall vest automatically in each individual who may hereafter become a
     Trustee upon his due election and qualification.  Upon the resignation,
     removal or death of a Trustee, such resigning, removed or deceased Trustee
     shall automatically cease to have any right, title or interest in any
     Trust Property, and the right, title and interest of such resigning,
     removed or deceased Trustee in the Trust Property shall vest automatically
     in the remaining Trustees.  Such vesting and cessation of title shall be
     effective whether or not conveyancing documents have been executed and
     delivered.

           3.4.   Sale and Increases of Interests.  The Trustees, in their
     discretion, may, from time to time, without a vote of the Holders, permit
     any Institutional Investor to purchase an Interest, or increase its
     Interest, for such type of consideration, including cash or property, at
     such time or times (including, without limitation, each business day), and
     on such terms as the Trustees may deem best, and may in such manner
     acquire other assets (including the acquisition of assets subject to, and
     in connection with the assumption of, liabilities) and businesses. 
     Individuals, S corporations, partnerships and grantor trusts that are
     beneficially owned by any individual, S corporation or partnership may not
     purchase Interests.  A Holder which has redeemed its Interest may not be
     permitted to purchase an Interest until the later of 60 calendar days
     after the date of such Redemption or the first day of the Fiscal Year next
     succeeding the Fiscal Year during which such Redemption occurred.

           3.5    Decreases and Redemptions of Interests.  Subject to Article
     VII hereof, the Trustees, in their discretion, may, from time to time,
     without a vote of the Holders, permit a Holder to redeem its Interest, or
     decrease its Interest, for either cash or property, at such time or times
     (including, without limitation, each business day), and on such terms as
     the Trustees may deem best.

           3.6.   Borrow Money.  The Trustees shall have power to borrow money
     or otherwise obtain credit and to secure the same by mortgaging, pledging

                                        - 7 -
<PAGE>






     or otherwise subjecting as security the assets of the Trust, including the
     lending of portfolio securities, and to endorse, guarantee, or undertake
     the performance of any obligation, contract or engagement of any other
     Person.

           3.7.   Delegation; Committees.  The Trustees shall have power,
     consistent with their continuing exclusive and absolute control over the
     Trust Property and over the business of the Trust, to delegate from time
     to time to such of their number or to officers, employees, agents or
     independent contractors of the Trust the doing of such things and the
     execution of such instruments in either the name of the Trust or the names
     of the Trustees or otherwise as the Trustees may deem expedient.

           3.8.   Collection and Payment.  The Trustees shall have power to
     collect all property due to the Trust; and to pay all claims, including
     taxes, against the Trust Property; to prosecute, defend, compromise or
     abandon any claims relating to the Trust or the Trust Property; to
     foreclose any security interest securing any obligation, by virtue of
     which any property is owed to the Trust; and to enter into releases,
     agreements and other instruments.

           3.9.   Expenses.  The Trustees shall have power to incur and pay any
     expenses which in the opinion of the Trustees are necessary or incidental
     to carry out any of the purposes of this Declaration, and to pay
     reasonable compensation from the Trust Property to themselves as Trustees. 
     The Trustees shall fix the compensation of all officers, employees and
     Trustees.  The Trustees may pay themselves such compensation for special
     services, including legal and brokerage services, as they in good faith
     may deem reasonable, and reimbursement for expenses reasonably incurred by
     themselves on behalf of the Trust.

           3.10.  Miscellaneous Powers.  The Trustees shall have power to: 
     (a) employ or contract with such Persons as the Trustees may deem
     appropriate for the transaction of the business of the Trust and terminate
     such employees or contractual relationships as they consider appropriate;
     (b) enter into joint ventures, partnerships and any other combinations or
     associations; (c) purchase, and pay for out of Trust Property, insurance
     policies insuring the Investment Adviser, Administrator, placement agent,
     Holders, Trustees, officers, employees, agents or independent contractors
     of the Trust against all claims arising by reason of holding any such
     position or by reason of any action taken or omitted by any such Person in
     such capacity, whether or not the Trust would have the power to indemnify
     such Person against such liability; (d) establish pension, profit-sharing
     and other retirement, incentive and benefit plans for the Trustees,
     officers, employees or agents of the Trust; (e) make donations,
     irrespective of benefit to the Trust, for charitable, religious,
     educational, scientific, civic or similar purposes; (f) to the extent
     permitted by law, indemnify any Person with whom the Trust has dealings,
     including the Investment Adviser, Administrator, placement agent, Holders,
     Trustees, officers, employees, agents or independent contractors of the
     Trust, to such extent as the Trustees shall determine; (g) guarantee
     indebtedness or contractual obligations of others; (h) determine and

                                        - 8 -
<PAGE>






     change the Fiscal Year and the method by which the accounts of the Trust
     shall be kept; and (i) adopt a seal for the Trust, but the absence of such
     a seal shall not impair the validity of any instrument executed on behalf
     of the Trust.

           3.11.  Further Powers.  The Trustees shall have power to conduct the
     business of the Trust and carry on its operations in any and all of its
     branches and maintain offices, whether within or without the State of New
     York, in any and all states of the United States of America, in the
     District of Columbia, and in any and all commonwealths, territories,
     dependencies, colonies, possessions, agencies or instrumentalities of the
     United States of America and of foreign governments, and to do all such
     other things and execute all such instruments as they deem necessary,
     proper, appropriate or desirable in order to promote the interests of the
     Trust although such things are not herein specifically mentioned. Any
     determination as to what is in the interests of the Trust which is made by
     the Trustees in good faith shall be conclusive.  In construing the
     provisions of this Declaration, the presumption shall be in favor of a
     grant of power to the Trustees.  The Trustees shall not be required to
     obtain any court order in order to deal with Trust Property.


                                     ARTICLE IV

                         INVESTMENT ADVISORY, ADMINISTRATION
                           AND PLACEMENT AGENT ARRANGEMENTS

           4.1.   Investment Advisory, Administration and Other Arrangements. 
     The Trustees may in their discretion, from time to time, enter into
     investment advisory contracts, administration contracts or placement agent
     agreements whereby the other party to such contract or agreement shall
     undertake to furnish the Trustees such investment advisory,
     administration, placement agent and/or other services as the Trustees
     shall, from time to time, consider appropriate or desirable and all upon
     such terms and conditions as the Trustees may in their sole discretion
     determine.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Declaration, the
     Trustees may authorize any Investment Adviser (subject to such general or
     specific instructions as the Trustees may, from time to time, adopt) to
     effect purchases, sales, loans or exchanges of Trust Property on behalf of
     the Trustees or may authorize any officer, employee or Trustee to effect
     such purchases, sales, loans or exchanges pursuant to recommendations of
     any such Investment Adviser (all without any further action by the
     Trustees).  Any such purchase, sale, loan or exchange shall be deemed to
     have been authorized by the Trustees.

           4.2.   Parties to Contract.  Any contract of the character described
     in Section 4.1 hereof or in the By-Laws of the Trust may be entered into
     with any corporation, firm, trust or association, although one or more of
     the Trustees or officers of the Trust may be an officer, director,
     Trustee, shareholder or member of such other party to the contract, and no
     such contract shall be invalidated or rendered voidable by reason of the
     existence of any such relationship, nor shall any individual holding such

                                        - 9 -
<PAGE>






     relationship be liable merely by reason of such relationship for any loss
     or expense to the Trust under or by reason of any such contract or
     accountable for any profit realized directly or indirectly therefrom,
     provided that the contract when entered into was reasonable and fair and
     not inconsistent with the provisions of this Article IV or the By-Laws of
     the Trust.  The same Person may be the other party to one or more
     contracts entered into pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof or the By-Laws of
     the Trust, and any individual may be financially interested or otherwise
     affiliated with Persons who are parties to any or all of the contracts
     mentioned in this Section 4.2 or in the By-Laws of the Trust.


                                      ARTICLE V

                        LIABILITY OF HOLDERS; LIMITATIONS OF 
                        LIABILITY OF TRUSTEES, OFFICERS, ETC.

           5.1.   Liability of Holders; Indemnification.  Each Holder shall be
     jointly and severally liable (with rights of contribution inter se in
     proportion to their respective Interests in the Trust) for the liabilities
     and obligations of the Trust in the event that the Trust fails to satisfy
     such liabilities and obligations; provided, however, that, to the extent
     assets are available in the Trust, the Trust shall indemnify and hold each
     Holder harmless from and against any claim or liability to which such
     Holder may become subject by reason of being or having been a Holder to
     the extent that such claim or liability imposes on the Holder an
     obligation or liability which, when compared to the obligations and
     liabilities imposed on other Holders, is greater than such Holder's
     Interest (proportionate share), and shall reimburse such Holder for all
     legal and other expenses reasonably incurred by such Holder in connection
     with any such claim or liability.  The rights accruing to a Holder under
     this Section 5.1 shall not exclude any other right to which such Holder
     may be lawfully entitled, nor shall anything contained herein restrict the
     right of the Trust to indemnify or reimburse a Holder in any appropriate
     situation even though not specifically provided herein.  Notwithstanding
     the indemnification procedure described above, it is intended that each
     Holder shall remain jointly and severally liable to the Trust's creditors
     as a legal matter.

           5.2.  Limitations of Liability of Trustees, Officers, Employees,
     Agents, Independent Contractors to Third Parties.  No Trustee, officer,
     employee, agent or independent contractor (except in the case of an agent
     or independent contractor to the extent expressly provided by written
     contract) of the Trust shall be subject to any personal liability
     whatsoever to any Person, other than the Trust or the Holders, in
     connection with Trust Property or the affairs of the Trust; and all such
     Persons shall look solely to the Trust Property for satisfaction of claims
     of any nature against a Trustee, officer, employee, agent or independent
     contractor (except in the case of an agent or independent contractor to
     the extent expressly provided by written contract) of the Trust arising in
     connection with the affairs of the Trust.


                                        - 10 -
<PAGE>






           5.3.   Limitations of Liability of Trustees, Officers, Employees,
     Agents, Independent Contractors to Trust, Holders, etc.  No Trustee,
     officer, employee, agent or independent contractor (except in the case of
     an agent or independent contractor to the extent expressly provided by
     written contract) of the Trust shall be liable to the Trust or the Holders
     for any action or failure to act (including, without limitation, the
     failure to compel in any way any former or acting Trustee to redress any
     breach of trust) except for such Person's own bad faith, willful
     misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of such Person's
     duties.

           5.4.   Mandatory Indemnification.  The Trust shall indemnify, to the
     fullest extent permitted by law (including the 1940 Act), each Trustee,
     officer, employee, agent or independent contractor (except in the case of
     an agent or independent contractor to the extent expressly provided by
     written contract) of the Trust (including any Person who serves at the
     Trust's request as a director, officer or trustee of another organization
     in which the Trust has any interest as a shareholder, creditor or
     otherwise) against all liabilities and expenses (including amounts paid in
     satisfaction of judgments, in compromise, as fines and penalties, and as
     counsel fees) reasonably incurred by such Person in connection with the
     defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether
     civil or criminal, in which such Person may be involved or with which such
     Person may be threatened, while in office or thereafter, by reason of such
     Person being or having been such a Trustee, officer, employee, agent or
     independent contractor, except with respect to any matter as to which such
     Person shall have been adjudicated to have acted in bad faith, willful
     misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of such Person's
     duties; provided, however, that as to any matter disposed of by a
     compromise payment by such Person, pursuant to a consent decree or
     otherwise, no indemnification either for such payment or for any other
     expenses shall be provided unless there has been a determination that such
     Person did not engage in willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence
     or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such
     Person's office by the court or other body approving the settlement or
     other disposition or by a reasonable determination, based upon a review of
     readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that
     such Person did not engage in such conduct by written opinion from
     independent legal counsel approved by the Trustees.  The rights accruing
     to any Person under these provisions shall not exclude any other right to
     which such Person may be lawfully entitled; provided that no Person may
     satisfy any right of indemnity or reimbursement granted in this Section
     5.4 or in Section 5.2 hereof or to which such Person may be otherwise
     entitled except out of the Trust Property.  The Trustees may make advance
     payments in connection with indemnification under this Section 5.4,
     provided that the indemnified Person shall have given a written
     undertaking to reimburse the Trust in the event it is subsequently
     determined that such Person is not entitled to such indemnification.

           5.5.   No Bond Required of Trustees.  No Trustee shall, as such, be
     obligated to give any bond or surety or other security for the performance
     of any of such Trustee's duties hereunder.

                                        - 11 -
<PAGE>






           5.6.   No Duty of Investigation; Notice in Trust Instruments, etc. 
     No purchaser, lender or other Person dealing with any Trustee, officer,
     employee, agent or independent contractor of the Trust shall be bound to
     make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction purporting to
     be made by such Trustee, officer, employee, agent or independent
     contractor or be liable for the application of money or property paid,
     loaned or delivered to or on the order of such Trustee, officer, employee,
     agent or independent contractor.  Every obligation, contract, instrument,
     certificate or other interest or undertaking of the Trust, and every other
     act or thing whatsoever executed in connection with the Trust shall be
     conclusively taken to have been executed or done by the executors thereof
     only in their capacity as Trustees, officers, employees, agents or
     independent contractors of the Trust.  Every written obligation, contract,
     instrument, certificate or other interest or undertaking of the Trust made
     or sold by any Trustee, officer, employee, agent or independent contractor
     of the Trust, in such capacity, shall contain an appropriate recital to
     the effect that the Trustee, officer, employee, agent or independent
     contractor of the Trust shall not personally be bound by or liable
     thereunder, nor shall resort be had to their private property for the
     satisfaction of any obligation or claim thereunder, and appropriate
     references shall be made therein to the Declaration, and may contain any
     further recital which they may deem appropriate, but the omission of such
     recital shall not operate to impose personal liability on any Trustee,
     officer, employee, agent or independent contractor of the Trust.  Subject
     to the provisions of the 1940 Act, the Trust may maintain insurance for
     the protection of the Trust Property, the Holders, and the Trustees,
     officers, employees, agents and independent contractors  of the Trust in
     such amount as the Trustees shall deem adequate to cover possible tort
     liability, and such other insurance as the Trustees in their sole judgment
     shall deem advisable.

           5.7.   Reliance on Experts, etc.  Each Trustee, officer, employee,
     agent or independent contractor of the Trust shall, in the performance of
     such Person's duties, be fully and completely justified and protected with
     regard to any act or any failure to act resulting from reliance in good
     faith upon the books of account or other records of the Trust (whether or
     not the Trust would have the power to indemnify such Persons against such
     liability), upon an opinion of counsel, or upon reports made to the Trust
     by any of its officers or employees or by any Investment Adviser or
     Administrator, accountant, appraiser or other experts or consultants
     selected with reasonable care by the Trustees, officers or employees of
     the Trust, regardless of whether such counsel or expert may also be a
     Trustee.


                                     ARTICLE VI

                                      INTERESTS

           6.1.   Interests.  The beneficial interest in the Trust Property
     shall consist of non-transferable Interests.  The Interests shall be
     personal property giving only the rights in this Declaration specifically

                                        - 12 -
<PAGE>






     set forth.  The value of an Interest shall be equal to the Book Capital
     Account balance of the Holder of the Interest.

           6.2.   Non-Transferability.  A Holder may not transfer, sell or
     exchange its Interest.

           6.3.   Register of Interests.  A register shall be kept at the Trust
     under the direction of the Trustees which shall contain the name, address
     and Book Capital Account balance of each Holder.  Such register shall be
     conclusive as to the identity of the Holders, and the Trust shall not be
     bound to recognize any equitable or legal claim to or interest in an
     Interest which is not contained in such register.  No Holder shall be
     entitled to receive payment of any distribution, nor to have notice given
     to it as herein provided, until it has given its address to such officer
     or agent of the Trust as is keeping such register for entry thereon.


                                     ARTICLE VII

                  INCREASES, DECREASES AND REDEMPTIONS OF INTERESTS

           Subject to applicable law, to the provisions of this Declaration and
     to such restrictions as may from time to time be adopted by the Trustees,
     each Holder shall have the right to vary its investment in the Trust at
     any time without limitation by increasing (through a capital contribution)
     or decreasing (through a capital withdrawal) or by a Redemption of its
     Interest.  An increase in the investment of a Holder in the Trust shall be
     reflected as an increase in the Book Capital Account balance of that
     Holder and a decrease in the investment of a Holder in the Trust or the
     Redemption of the Interest of a Holder shall be reflected as a decrease in
     the Book Capital Account balance of that Holder.  The Trust shall, upon
     appropriate and adequate notice from any Holder increase, decrease or
     redeem such Holder's Interest for an amount determined by the application
     of a formula adopted for such purpose by resolution of the Trustees;
     provided that (a) the amount received by the Holder upon any such decrease
     or Redemption shall not exceed the decrease in the Holder's Book Capital
     Account balance effected by such decrease or Redemption of its Interest,
     and (b) if so authorized by the Trustees, the Trust may, at any time and
     from time to time, charge fees for effecting any such decrease or
     Redemption, at such rates as the Trustees may establish, and may, at any
     time and from time to time, suspend such right of decrease or Redemption. 
     The procedures for effecting decreases or Redemptions shall be as
     determined by the Trustees from time to time.










                                        - 13 -
<PAGE>






                                     ARTICLE VIII

                        DETERMINATION OF BOOK CAPITAL ACCOUNT
                              BALANCES AND DISTRIBUTIONS

           8.1.   Book Capital Account Balances.  The Book Capital Account
     balance of each Holder shall be determined on such days and at such time
     or times as the Trustees may determine.  The Trustees shall adopt
     resolutions setting forth the method of determining the Book Capital
     Account balance of each Holder.  The power and duty to make calculations
     pursuant to such resolutions may be delegated by the Trustees to the
     Investment Adviser, Administrator, custodian, or such other Person as the
     Trustees may determine.  Upon the Redemption of an Interest, the Holder of
     that Interest shall be entitled to receive the balance of its Book Capital
     Account.  A Holder may not transfer, sell or exchange its Book Capital
     Account balance.

           8.2.   Allocations and Distributions to Holders.  The Trustees
     shall, in compliance with the Code, the 1940 Act and generally accepted
     accounting principles, establish the procedures by which the Trust shall
     make (i) the allocation of unrealized gains and losses, taxable income and
     tax loss, and profit and loss, or any item or items thereof, to each
     Holder, (ii) the payment of distributions, if any, to Holders, and
     (iii) upon liquidation, the final distribution of items of taxable income
     and expense.  Such procedures shall be set forth in writing and be
     furnished to the Trust's accountants. The Trustees may amend the
     procedures adopted pursuant to this Section 8.2 from time to time.  The
     Trustees may retain from the net profits such amount as they may deem
     necessary to pay the liabilities and expenses of the Trust, to meet
     obligations of the Trust, and as they may deem desirable to use in the
     conduct of the affairs of the Trust or to retain for future requirements
     or extensions of the business.

           8.3.   Power to Modify Foregoing Procedures.  Notwithstanding any of
     the foregoing provisions of this Article VIII, the Trustees may prescribe,
     in their absolute discretion, such other bases and times for determining
     the net income of the Trust, the allocation of income of the Trust, the
     Book Capital Account balance of each Holder, or the payment of
     distributions to the Holders as they may deem necessary or desirable to
     enable the Trust to comply with any provision of the 1940 Act or any order
     of exemption issued by the Commission or with the Code.


                                     ARTICLE IX

                                       HOLDERS

           9.1.   Rights of Holders.  The ownership of the Trust Property and
     the right to conduct any business described herein are vested exclusively
     in the Trustees, and the Holders shall have no right or title therein
     other than the beneficial interest conferred by their Interests and they


                                        - 14 -
<PAGE>






     shall have no power or right to call for any partition or division of any
     Trust Property. 

           9.2.   Meetings of Holders.  Meetings of Holders may be called at
     any time by a majority of the Trustees and shall be called by any Trustee
     upon written request of Holders holding, in the aggregate, not less than
     10% of the Interests, such request specifying the purpose or purposes for
     which such meeting is to be called.  Any such meeting shall be held within
     or without the State of New York and within or without the United States
     of America on such day and at such time as the Trustees shall designate. 
     Holders of one-third of the Interests, present in person or by proxy,
     shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business, except as
     may otherwise be required by the 1940 Act, other applicable law, this
     Declaration or the By-Laws of the Trust.  If a quorum is present at a
     meeting, an affirmative vote of the Holders present, in person or by
     proxy, holding more than 50% of the total Interests of the Holders
     present, either in person or by proxy, at such meeting constitutes the
     action of the Holders, unless a greater number of affirmative votes is
     required by the 1940 Act, other applicable law, this Declaration or the
     By-Laws of the Trust.  All or any one of more Holders may participate in a
     meeting of Holders by means of a conference telephone or similar
     communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in
     the meeting can hear each other and participation in a meeting by means of
     such communications equipment shall constitute presence in person at such
     meeting.

           9.3.   Notice of Meetings.  Notice of each meeting of Holders,
     stating the time, place and purposes of the meeting, shall be given by the
     Trustees by mail to each Holder, at its registered address, mailed at
     least 10 days and not more than 60 days before the meeting.  Notice of any
     meeting may be waived in writing by any Holder either before or after such
     meeting.  The attendance of a Holder at a meeting shall constitute a
     waiver of notice of such meeting except in the situation in which a Holder
     attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction
     of any business on the ground that the meeting was not lawfully called or
     convened.  At any meeting, any business properly before the meeting may be
     considered whether or not stated in the notice of the meeting.  Any
     adjourned meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice.

           9.4.   Record Date for Meetings, Distributions, etc.  For the
     purpose of determining the Holders who are entitled to notice of and to
     vote or act at any meeting, including any adjournment thereof, or to
     participate in any distribution, or for the purpose of any other action,
     the Trustees may from time to time fix a date, not more than 90 days prior
     to the date of any meeting of Holders or the payment of any distribution
     or the taking of any other action, as the case may be, as a record date
     for the determination of the Persons to be treated as Holders for such
     purpose.  If the Trustees do not, prior to any meeting of the Holders, so
     fix a record date, then the date of mailing notice of the meeting shall be
     the record date.



                                        - 15 -
<PAGE>






           9.5.   Proxies, etc.  At any meeting of Holders, any Holder entitled
     to vote thereat may vote by proxy, provided that no proxy shall be voted
     at any meeting unless it shall have been placed on file with the
     Secretary, or with such other officer or agent of the Trust as the
     Secretary may direct, for verification prior to the time at which such
     vote is to be taken.  A proxy may be revoked by a Holder at any time
     before it has been exercised by placing on file with the Secretary, or
     with such other officer or agent of the Trust as the Secretary may direct,
     a later dated proxy or written revocation.  Pursuant to a resolution of a
     majority of the Trustees, proxies may be solicited in the name of the
     Trust or of one or more Trustees or of one or more officers of the Trust.
     Only Holders on the record date shall be entitled to vote.  Each such
     Holder shall be entitled to a vote proportionate to its Interest.  When an
     Interest is held jointly by several Persons, any one of them may vote at
     any meeting in person or by proxy in respect of such Interest, but if more
     than one of them is present at such meeting in person or by proxy, and
     such joint owners or their proxies so present disagree as to any vote to
     be cast, such vote shall not be received in respect of such Interest.  A
     proxy purporting to be executed by or on behalf of a Holder shall be
     deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise, and the burden
     of proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger.  No proxy shall be
     valid after one year from the date of execution, unless a longer period is
     expressly stated in such proxy.  The Trust may also permit a Holder to
     authorize and empower individuals named as proxies on any form of proxy
     solicited by the Trustees to vote that Holder's Interest on any matter by
     recording his voting instructions on any recording device maintained for
     that purpose by the Trust or its agent, provided the Holder complies with
     such procedures as the Trustees may designate to be necessary or
     appropriate to determine the authenticity of the voting instructions so
     recorded; such instructions shall be deemed to constitute a written proxy
     signed by the Holder and delivered to the Trust and shall be deemed to be
     dated as of the date such instructions were transmitted, and the Holder
     shall be deemed to have approved and ratified all actions taken by such
     proxies in accordance with the voting instructions so recorded.

           9.6.   Reports.  The Trustees shall cause to be prepared and
     furnished to each Holder, at least annually as of the end of each Fiscal
     Year, a report of operations containing a balance sheet and a statement of
     income of the Trust prepared in conformity with generally accepted
     accounting principles and an opinion of an independent public accountant
     on such financial statements.  The Trustees shall, in addition, furnish to
     each Holder at least semi-annually interim reports of operations
     containing an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such period and an
     unaudited statement of income for the period from the beginning of the
     then-current Fiscal Year to the end of such period.

           9.7.   Inspection of Records.  The books and records of the Trust
     shall be open to inspection by Holders during normal business hours for
     any purpose not harmful to the Trust.

           9.8.   Holder Action by Written Consent.  Any action which may be
     taken by Holders may be taken without a meeting if Holders holding more

                                        - 16 -
<PAGE>






     than 50% of all Interests entitled to vote (or such larger proportion
     thereof as shall be required by any express provision of this Declaration)
     consent to the action in writing and the written consents are filed with
     the records of the meetings of Holders.  Such consents shall be treated
     for all purposes as a vote taken at a meeting of Holders.  Each such
     written consent shall be executed by or on behalf of the Holder delivering
     such consent and shall bear the date of such execution.  No such written
     consent shall be effective to take the action referred to therein unless,
     within one year of the earliest dated consent, written consents executed
     by a sufficient number of Holders to take such action are filed with the
     records of the meetings of Holders.

           9.9.   Notices.  Any and all communications, including any and all
     notices to which any Holder may be entitled, shall be deemed duly served
     or given if mailed, postage prepaid, addressed to a Holder at its last
     known address as recorded on the register of the Trust.


                                      ARTICLE X

                                DURATION; TERMINATION;
                               AMENDMENT; MERGERS; ETC.

           10.1.  Duration.  Subject to possible termination or dissolution in
     accordance with the provisions of Section 10.2 and Section 10.3 hereof,
     respectively, the Trust created hereby shall continue until the expiration
     of 20 years after the death of the last survivor of the initial Trustees
     named herein and the following named persons:


     <TABLE>
     <CAPTION>

       Name                                Address                Date of Birth

       <S>                                 <C>                    <C>
       Cassius Marcellus Cornelius Clay    742 Old Dublin Road    November 9, 1990

       Sara Briggs Sullivan                1308 Rhodes Street     September 17, 1990
                                           Dubois, WY 82513

       Zeben Curtis Kopchak                Box 1126               October 31, 1989
                                           Cordova, AK 99574
       Landon Harris Clay                  742 Old Dublin Road    February 15, 1989
                                           Hancock, NH 03449

       Kelsey Ann Sullivan                 1308 Rhodes Street     May 1, 1988
                                           Dubois, WY 82513
       Carter Allen Rawson                 Winhall Hollow Road    January 28, 1988
                                           R.R. #1, Box 178B
                                           Bondville, VT 05340


                                        - 17 -
<PAGE>






       Name                                Address                Date of Birth

       <S>                                 <C>                    <C>
       Obadiah Barckay Kopchak             Box 1126               August 29, 1987
                                           Cordova, Ak 99574

       Richard Tubman Clay                 742 Old Dublin Road    April 12, 1987
                                           Hancock, NH 03449

       Thomas Moragne Clay                 742 Old Dublin Road    April 12, 1987
                                           Hancock, NH 03449
       Zachariah Bishop Kopchak            Box 1126               January 11, 1985
                                           Cordova, AK 99574

       Sager Anna Kopchak                  Box 1126               May 22, 1988
                                           Cordova, AK 99574
     </TABLE>


           10.2.  TERMINATION.

                  (a)   The Trust may be terminated (i) by the affirmative vote
     of Holders of not less than two-thirds of all Interests at any meeting of
     Holders or by an instrument in writing without a meeting, executed by a
     majority of the Trustees and consented to by Holders of not less than
     two-thirds of all Interests, or (ii) by the Trustees by written notice to
     the Holders.  Upon any such termination,

                  (i) the Trust shall carry on no business except for the
           purpose of winding up its affairs;

                  (ii) the Trustees shall proceed to wind up the affairs
           of the Trust and all of the powers of the Trustees under this
           Declaration shall continue until the affairs of the Trust
           have been wound up, including the power to fulfill or
           discharge the contracts of the Trust, collect the assets of
           the Trust, sell, convey, assign, exchange or otherwise
           dispose of all or any part of the Trust Property to one or
           more Persons at public or private sale for consideration
           which may consist in whole or in part of cash, securities or
           other property of any kind, discharge or pay the liabilities
           of the Trust, and do all other acts appropriate to liquidate
           the business of the Trust; provided that any sale,
           conveyance, assignment, exchange or other disposition of all
           or substantially all the Trust Property shall require
           approval of the principal terms of the transaction and the
           nature and amount of the consideration by the vote of Holders
           holding more than 50% of all Interests; and

                  (iii) after paying or adequately providing for the
           payment of all liabilities, and upon receipt of such


                                        - 18 -
<PAGE>






           releases, indemnities and refunding agreements as they deem
           necessary for their protection, the Trustees shall distribute
           the remaining Trust Property, in cash or in kind or partly
           each, among the Holders according to their respective rights
           as set forth in the procedures established pursuant to
           Section 8.2 hereof.

                  (b)   Upon termination of the Trust and distribution to the
     Holders as herein provided, a majority of the Trustees shall execute and
     file with the records of the Trust an instrument in writing setting forth
     the fact of such termination and distribution.  Upon termination of the
     Trust, the Trustees shall thereupon be discharged from all further
     liabilities and duties hereunder, and the rights and interests of all
     Holders shall thereupon cease.

           10.3.  DISSOLUTION.  Upon the bankruptcy of any Holder, or upon the
     Redemption of any Interest, the Trust shall be dissolved effective 120
     days after the event.  However, the Holders (other than such bankrupt or
     redeeming Holder) may, by a unanimous affirmative vote at any meeting of
     such Holders or by an instrument in writing without a meeting executed by
     a majority of the Trustees and consented to by all such Holders, agree to
     continue the business of the Trust even if there has been such a
     dissolution.

           10.4.  AMENDMENT PROCEDURE.

                  (a)   This Declaration may be amended by the vote of Holders
     of more than 50% of all Interests at any meeting of Holders or by an
     instrument in writing without a meeting, executed by a majority of the
     Trustees and consented to by the Holders of more than 50% of all
     Interests.  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, this Declaration
     may be amended by an instrument in writing executed by a majority of the
     Trustees, and without the vote or consent of Holders, for any one or more
     of the following purposes:  (i) to change the name of the Trust, (ii) to
     supply any omission, or to cure, correct or supplement any ambiguous,
     defective or inconsistent provision hereof, (iii) to conform this
     Declaration to the requirements of applicable federal law or regulations
     or the requirements of the applicable provisions of the Code, (iv) to
     change the state or other jurisdiction designated herein as the state or
     other jurisdiction whose law shall be the governing law hereof, (v) to
     effect such changes herein as the Trustees find to be necessary or
     appropriate (A) to permit the filing of this Declaration under the law of
     such state or other jurisdiction applicable to trusts or voluntary
     associations, (B) to permit the Trust to elect to be treated as a
     "regulated investment company" under the applicable provisions of the
     Code, or (C) to permit the transfer of Interests (or to permit the
     transfer of any other beneficial interest in or share of the Trust,
     however denominated), (vi) in conjunction with any amendment contemplated
     by the foregoing clause (iv) or the foregoing clause (v) to make any and
     all such further changes or modifications to this Declaration as the
     Trustees find to be necessary or appropriate, any finding of the Trustees
     referred to in the foregoing clause (v) or the foregoing clause (vi) to be

                                        - 19 -
<PAGE>






     conclusively evidenced by the execution of any such amendment by a
     majority of the Trustees, and (vii) change, modify or rescind any
     provision of this Declaration provided such change, modification or
     rescission is found by the Trustees to be necessary or appropriate and to
     not have a materially adverse effect on the financial interests of the
     Holders, any such finding to be conclusively evidenced by the execution of
     any such amendment by a majority of the Trustees; provided, however, that
     unless effected in compliance with the provisions of Section 10.4(b)
     hereof, no amendment otherwise authorized by this sentence may be made
     which would reduce the amount payable with respect to any Interest upon
     liquidation of the Trust and; provided, further, that the Trustees shall
     not be liable for failing to make any amendment permitted by this Section
     10.4(a).

                  (b)   No amendment may be made under Section 10.4(a) hereof
     which would change any rights with respect to any Interest by reducing the
     amount payable thereon upon liquidation of the Trust, except with the vote
     or consent of Holders of two-thirds of all Interests.

                  (c)   A certification in recordable form executed by a
     majority of the Trustees setting forth an amendment and reciting that it
     was duly adopted by the Holders or by the Trustees as aforesaid or a copy
     of the Declaration, as amended, in recordable form, and executed by a
     majority of the Trustees, shall be conclusive evidence of such amendment
     when filed with the records of the Trust.

           Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, until such time as
     Interests are first sold, this Declaration may be terminated or amended in
     any respect by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Trustees at any
     meeting of Trustees or by an instrument executed by a majority of the
     Trustees.

           10.5.  Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets.  The Trust may
     merge or consolidate with any other corporation, association, trust or
     other organization or may sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all
     of the Trust Property, including good will, upon such terms and conditions
     and for such consideration when and as authorized at any meeting of
     Holders called for such purpose by a Majority Interests Vote, and any such
     merger, consolidation, sale, lease or exchange shall be deemed for all
     purposes to have been accomplished under and pursuant to the statutes of
     the State of New York.

           10.6.  Incorporation.  Upon a Majority Interests Vote, the Trustees
     may cause to be organized or assist in organizing a corporation or
     corporations under the law of any jurisdiction or a trust, partnership,
     association or other organization to take over the Trust Property or to
     carry on any business in which the Trust directly or indirectly has any
     interest, and to sell, convey and transfer the Trust Property to any such
     corporation, trust, partnership, association or other organization in
     exchange for the equity interests thereof or otherwise, and to lend money
     to, subscribe for the equity interests of, and enter into any contract
     with any such corporation, trust, partnership, association or other

                                        - 20 -
<PAGE>






     organization, or any corporation, trust, partnership, association or other
     organization in which the Trust holds or is about to acquire equity
     interests.  The Trustees may also cause a merger or consolidation between
     the Trust or any successor thereto and any such corporation, trust,
     partnership, association or other organization if and to the extent
     permitted by law.  Nothing contained herein shall be construed as
     requiring approval of the Holders for the Trustees to organize or assist
     in organizing one or more corporations, trusts, partnerships, associations
     or other organizations and selling, conveying or transferring a portion of
     the Trust Property to one or more of such organizations or entities.











































                                        - 21 -
<PAGE>






                                     ARTICLE XI

                                    MISCELLANEOUS

           11.1.  Certificate of Designation; Agent for Service of Process. 
     The Trust shall file, with the Department of State of the State of New
     York, a certificate, in the name of the Trust and executed by an officer
     of the Trust, designating the Secretary of State of the State of New York
     as an agent upon whom process in any action or proceeding against the
     Trust may be served.

           11.2.  Governing Law.  This Declaration is executed by the Trustees
     and delivered in the State of New York and with reference to the law
     thereof, and the rights of all parties and the validity and construction
     of every provision hereof shall be subject to and construed in accordance
     with the law of the State of New York and reference shall be specifically
     made to the trust law of the State of New York as to the construction of
     matters not specifically covered herein or as to which an ambiguity
     exists.

           11.3.  Counterparts.  This Declaration may be simultaneously
     executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an
     original, and such counterparts, together, shall constitute one and the
     same instrument, which shall be sufficiently evidenced by any one such
     original counterpart.

           11.4.  Reliance by Third Parties.  Any certificate executed by an
     individual who, according to the records of the Trust or of any recording
     office in which this Declaration may be recorded, appears to be a Trustee
     hereunder, certifying to:  (a) the number or identity of Trustees or
     Holders, (b) the due authorization of the execution of any instrument or
     writing, (c) the form of any vote passed at a meeting of Trustees or
     Holders, (d) the fact that the number of Trustees or Holders present at
     any meeting or executing any written instrument satisfies the requirements
     of this Declaration, (e) the form of any By-Laws adopted by or the
     identity of any officer elected by the Trustees, or (f) the existence of
     any fact or facts which in any manner relate to the affairs of the Trust,
     shall be conclusive evidence as to the matters so certified in favor of
     any Person dealing with the Trustees.

           11.5.  Provisions in Conflict With Law or Regulations.

                  (a)   The provisions of this Declaration are severable, and
     if the Trustees shall determine, with the advice of counsel, that any of
     such provisions is in conflict with the 1940 Act, or with other applicable
     law and regulations, the conflicting provision shall be deemed never to
     have constituted a part of this Declaration; provided, however, that such
     determination shall not affect any of the remaining provisions of this
     Declaration or render invalid or improper any action taken or omitted
     prior to such determination.



                                        - 22 -
<PAGE>






                  (b)   If any provision of this Declaration shall be held
     invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or
     unenforceability shall attach only to such provision in such jurisdiction
     and shall not in any manner affect such provision in any other
     jurisdiction or any other provision of this Declaration in any
     jurisdiction.

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this instrument as
     of the day and year first above written.

                                       /s/James G. Baur

                                     -----------------------------
                                     James G. Baur, as Trustee and
                                       not individually

                                       /s/H. Day Brigham, Jr.
                                     ------------------------------
                                     H. Day Brigham, Jr., as Trustee and 
                                       not individually


                                       /s/James B. Hawkes
                                     ------------------------------
                                     James B. Hawkes, as Trustee and
                                        not individually



























                                        - 23 -
<PAGE>

<PAGE>


                             ALABAMA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                          AMENDMENT TO DECLARATION OF TRUST

                                    June 13, 1994


     The undersigned, being a majority of the Trustees of the Alabama Tax Free
     Portfolio, acting pursuant to Section 10.4 of ARTICLE X of the Declaration
     of Trust, do hereby change and amend the seventh paragraph of Section 1.2
     of ARTICLE I of the Declaration of Trust to read as follows:

     "Fiscal Year" shall mean an annual period determined by the Trustee which
     ends on August 31st of each year or on such other day as is permitted or
     required by the code.

     Further, the undersigned do hereby declare and find that the foregoing
     change and amendment is necessary and appropriate and does not have a
     materially adverse effect on the financial interest of the Holders of the
     Portfolio.  Said Amendment shall take effect on the date set forth above.



     /s/ Donald R. Dwight              /s/ Norton H. Reamer            
     ----------------------------      --------------------------------
     Donald R. Dwight                           Norton H. Reamer



     /s/ James B. Hawkes               /s/ John L. Thorndike           
     ----------------------------      --------------------------------
     James B. Hawkes                   John L. Thorndike



     /s/ Samuel L. Hayes, III          /s/ Jack L. Treynor             
     ----------------------------      --------------------------------
     Samuel L. Hayes, III              Jack L. Treynor
<PAGE>

<PAGE>


                             ALABAMA MUNICIPALS PORTFOLIO
                    (formerly called Alabama Tax Free Portfolio)


                          AMENDMENT TO DECLARATION OF TRUST

                                   January 1, 1996



              AMENDMENT, made January 1, 1996 to the Declaration of Trust made
     May 1, 1992, as amended June 13, 1994, (hereinafter called the
     "Declaration") of Alabama Tax Free Portfolio, a New York trust
     (hereinafter called the "Trust") by the undersigned, being at least a
     majority of the Trustees of the Trust in office on January 1, 1996.


              WHEREAS, Section 10.4 of Article X of the Declaration empowers a
     majority of the Trustees of the Trust to amend the Declaration without the
     vote or consent of Holders to change the name of the Trust;


              NOW, THEREFORE, the undersigned Trustees, do hereby amend the
     Declaration in the following manner:


              1. The caption at the head of the Declaration is hereby amended
     to read as follows:

                             ALABAMA MUNICIPALS PORTFOLIO


              2. Section 1.1 of Article I of the Declaration is hereby amended
              to read as follows:


                                      ARTICLE I


              1.1. Name.  The name of the trust created hereby (the "Trust")
     shall be Alabama Municipals Portfolio and so far as may be practicable the
     Trustees shall conduct the Trust's activities, execute all documents and
     sue or be sued under that name, which name (and the word "Trust" wherever
     hereinafter used) shall refer to the Trustees as Trustees, and not
     individually, and shall not refer to the officers, employees, agents or
     independent contractors of the Trust or holders of interests in the Trust.
<PAGE>






              IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Trustees have executed this
     instrument this 1st
     day of January, 1996.


                                                                              
     -----------------------------        ------------------------------------
     Donald R. Dwight                     Norton H. Reamer


                                                                              
     -----------------------------        ------------------------------------
     James B. Hawkes                      John L. Thorndike


                                                                              
     -----------------------------        ------------------------------------
     Samuel L. Hayes, III                 Jack L. Treynor



































                                         -2-
<PAGE>

<PAGE>






















                             ALABAMA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                                                        


                                       BY-LAWS

                                As Adopted May 1, 1992
<PAGE>






                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----

     ARTICLE I -- Meetings of Holders    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

                  Section 1.1 Records at Holder Meetings     . . . . . . . .   1
                  Section 1.2 Inspectors of Election     . . . . . . . . . .   1


     ARTICLE II -- Officers    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2

                  Section 2.1 Officers of the Trust    . . . . . . . . . . .   2
                  Section 2.2 Election and Tenure    . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
                  Section 2.3 Removal of Officers    . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
                  Section 2.4 Bonds and Surety     . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
                  Section 2.5 Chairman, President and Vice President     . .   2
                  Section 2.6 Secretary    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
                  Section 2.7 Treasurer    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
                  Section 2.8 Other Officers and Duties    . . . . . . . . .   3


     ARTICLE III -- Miscellaneous    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

                  Section 3.1 Depositories     . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
                  Section 3.2 Signatures     . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
                  Section 3.3 Seal   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
                  Section 3.4 Indemnification    . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
                  Section 3.5 Distribution Disbursing Agents and the
                                     Like    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4


     ARTICLE IV -- Regulations; Amendment of By-Laws   . . . . . . . . . . .   5

                  Section 4.1 Regulations    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
                  Section 4.2 Amendment and Repeal of By-Laws    . . . . . .   5















                                        - i -
<PAGE>






                                       BY-LAWS

                                          OF

                             ALABAMA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
                                                         


                  These By-Laws are made and adopted pursuant to Section 2.7 of
     the Declaration of Trust establishing ALABAMA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO (the
     "Trust"), dated as of May 1, 1992, as from time to time amended (the
     "Declaration").  All words and terms capitalized in these By-Laws shall
     have the meaning or meanings set forth for such words or terms in the
     Declaration.

                                      ARTICLE I

                                 MEETINGS OF HOLDERS

                  Section 1.1.  Records at Holder Meetings.  At each meeting of
     the Holders there shall be open for inspection the minutes of the last
     previous meeting of Holders of the Trust and a list of the Holders of the
     Trust, certified to be true and correct by the Secretary or other proper
     agent of the Trust, as of the record date of the meeting.  Such list of
     Holders shall contain the name of each Holder in alphabetical order and
     the address and Interest owned by such Holder on such record date.

                  Section 1.2.  Inspectors of Election.  In advance of any
     meeting of the Holders, the Trustees may appoint Inspectors of Election to
     act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof.  If Inspectors of Election
     are not so appointed, the chairman, if any, of any meeting of the Holders
     may, and on the request of any Holder or his proxy shall, appoint
     Inspectors of Election.  The number of Inspectors of Election shall be
     either one or three.  If appointed at the meeting on the request of one or
     more Holders or proxies, a Majority Interests Vote shall determine whether
     one or three Inspectors of Election are to be appointed, but failure to
     allow such determination by the Holders shall not affect the validity of
     the appointment of Inspectors of Election.  In case any individual
     appointed as an Inspector of Election fails to appear or fails or refuses
     to so act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the Trustees
     in advance of the convening of the meeting or at the meeting by the
     individual acting as chairman of the meeting.  The Inspectors of Election
     shall determine the Interest owned by each Holder, the Interests
     represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the authenticity,
     validity and effect of proxies, shall receive votes, ballots or consents,
     shall hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising
     in connection with the right to vote, shall count and tabulate all votes
     or consents, shall determine the results, and shall do such other acts as
     may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all
     Holders.  If there are three Inspectors of Election, the decision, act or
     certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision,
     act or certificate of all.  On request of the chairman, if any, of the
     meeting, or of any Holder or its proxy, the Inspectors of Election shall
<PAGE>






     make a report in writing of any challenge or question or matter determined
     by them and shall execute a certificate of any facts found by them.


                                     ARTICLE II

                                       OFFICERS

                  Section 2.1.  Officers of the Trust.  The officers of the
     Trust shall consist of a Chairman, if any, a President, a Secretary, a
     Treasurer and such other officers or assistant officers, including Vice
     Presidents, as may be elected by the Trustees.  Any two or more of the
     offices may be held by the same individual.  The Trustees may designate a
     Vice President as an Executive Vice President and may designate the order
     in which the other Vice Presidents may act.  The Chairman shall be a
     Trustee, but no other officer of the Trust, including the President, need
     be a Trustee.

                  Section 2.2.  Election and Tenure.  At the initial
     organization meeting and thereafter at each annual meeting of the
     Trustees, the Trustees shall elect the Chairman, if any, the President,
     the Secretary, the Treasurer and such other officers as the Trustees shall
     deem necessary or appropriate in order to carry out the business of the
     Trust.  Such officers shall hold office until the next annual meeting of
     the Trustees and until their successors have been duly elected and
     qualified.  The Trustees may fill any vacancy in office or add any
     additional officer at any time.

                  Section 2.3.  Removal of Officers.  Any officer may be
     removed at any time, with or without cause, by action of a majority of the
     Trustees.  This provision shall not prevent the making of a contract of
     employment for a definite term with any officer and shall have no effect
     upon any cause of action which any officer may have as a result of removal
     in breach of a contract of employment.  Any officer may resign at any time
     by notice in writing signed by such officer and delivered or mailed to the
     Chairman, if any, the President or the Secretary, and such resignation
     shall take effect immediately, or at a later date according to the terms
     of such notice in writing.

                  Section 2.4.  Bonds and Surety.  Any officer may be required
     by the Trustees to be bonded for the faithful performance of his duties in
     such amount and with such sureties as the Trustees may determine.

                  Section 2.5.  Chairman, President and Vice Presidents.  The
     Chairman, if any, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the
     Holders and of the Trustees and shall exercise and perform such other
     powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the
     Trustees.  Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by
     the Trustees to the Chairman, if any, the President shall be the chief
     executive officer of the Trust and, subject to the  control of the
     Trustees, shall have general supervision, direction and control of the
     business of the Trust and of its employees and shall exercise such general

                                        - 2 -
<PAGE>






     powers of management as are usually vested in the office of President of a
     corporation.  In the absence of the Chairman, if any, the President shall
     preside at all meetings of the Holders and, in the absence of the
     Chairman, the President shall preside at all meetings of the Trustees. 
     The President shall be, ex officio, a member of all standing committees of
     Trustees.  Subject to the direction of the Trustees, the President shall
     have the power, in the name and on behalf of the Trust, to execute any and
     all loan documents, contracts, agreements, deeds, mortgages and other
     instruments in writing, and to employ and discharge employees and agents
     of the Trust.  Unless otherwise directed by the Trustees, the President
     shall have full authority and power to attend, to act and to vote, on
     behalf of the Trust, at any meeting of any business organization in which
     the Trust holds an interest, or to confer such powers upon any other
     person, by executing any proxies duly authorizing such person.  The
     President shall have such further authorities and duties as the Trustees
     shall from time to time determine.  In the absence or disability of the
     President, the Vice Presidents in order of their rank or the Vice
     President designated by the Trustees, shall perform all of the duties of
     the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be
     subject to all of the restrictions upon the President.  Subject to the
     direction of the President, each Vice President shall have the power in
     the name and on behalf of the Trust to execute any and all loan documents,
     contracts, agreements, deeds, mortgages and other instruments in writing,
     and, in addition, shall have such other duties and powers as shall be
     designated from time to time by the Trustees or by the President.

                  Section 2.6.  Secretary.  The Secretary shall keep the
     minutes of all meetings of, and record all votes of, Holders, Trustees and
     the Executive Committee, if any.  The results of all actions taken at a
     meeting of the Trustees, or by written consent of the Trustees, shall be
     recorded by the Secretary.  The Secretary shall be custodian of the seal
     of the Trust, if any, and (and any other person so authorized by the
     Trustees) shall affix the seal or, if permitted, a facsimile thereof, to
     any instrument executed by the Trust which would be sealed by a New York
     corporation executing the same or a similar instrument and shall attest
     the seal and the signature or signatures of the officer or officers
     executing such instrument on behalf of the Trust.  The Secretary shall
     also perform any other duties commonly incident to such office in a New
     York corporation, and shall have such other authorities and duties as the
     Trustees shall from time to time determine.

                  Section 2.7.  Treasurer.  Except as otherwise directed by the
     Trustees, the Treasurer shall have the general supervision of the monies,
     funds, securities, notes receivable and other valuable papers and
     documents of the Trust, and shall have and exercise under the supervision
     of the Trustees and of the President all powers and duties normally
     incident to his office.  The Treasurer may endorse for deposit or
     collection all notes, checks and other instruments payable to the Trust or
     to its order and shall deposit all funds of the Trust as may be ordered by
     the Trustees or the President.  The Treasurer shall keep accurate account
     of the books of the Trust's transactions which shall be the property of
     the Trust, and which together with all other property of the Trust in his

                                        - 3 -
<PAGE>






     possession, shall be subject at all times to the inspection and control of
     the Trustees.  Unless the Trustees shall otherwise determine, the
     Treasurer shall be the principal accounting officer of the Trust and shall
     also be the principal financial officer of the Trust.  The Treasurer shall
     have such other duties and authorities as the Trustees shall from time to
     time determine.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein
     contained, the Trustees may authorize the Investment Adviser or the
     Administrator to maintain bank accounts and deposit and disburse funds on
     behalf of the Trust.

                  Section 2.8.  Other Officers and Duties.  The Trustees may
     elect such other officers and assistant officers as they shall from time
     to time determine to be necessary or desirable in order to conduct the
     business of the Trust.  Assistant officers shall act generally in the
     absence of the officer whom they assist and shall assist that officer in
     the duties of his office.  Each officer, employee and agent of the Trust
     shall have such other duties and authorities as may be conferred upon him
     by the Trustees or delegated to him by the President.


                                     ARTICLE III

                                    MISCELLANEOUS

                  Section 3.1.  Depositories.  The funds of the Trust shall be
     deposited in such depositories as the Trustees shall designate and shall
     be drawn out on checks, drafts or other orders signed by such officer,
     officers, agent or agents (including the Investment Adviser or the
     Administrator) as the Trustees may from time to time authorize.

                  Section 3.2.  Signatures.  All contracts and other
     instruments shall be executed on behalf of the Trust by such officer,
     officers, agent or agents as provided in these By-Laws or as the Trustees
     may from time to time by resolution provide.

                  Section 3.3.  Seal.  The seal of the Trust, if any, may be
     affixed to any document, and the seal and its attestation may be
     lithographed, engraved or otherwise printed on any document with the same
     force and effect as if it had been imprinted and attested manually in the
     same manner and with the same effect as if done by a New York corporation.

                  Section 3.4.  Indemnification.  Insofar as the conditional
     advancing of indemnification monies under Section 5.4 of the Declaration
     for actions based upon the 1940 Act may be concerned, such payments will
     be made only on the following conditions: (i) the advances must be limited
     to amounts used, or to be used, for the preparation or presentation of a
     defense to the action, including costs connected with the preparation of a
     settlement; (ii) advances may be made only upon receipt of a written
     promise by, or on behalf of, the recipient to repay the amount of the
     advance which exceeds the amount to which it is ultimately determined that
     he is entitled to receive from the Trust by reason of indemnification; and
     (iii) (a) such promise must be secured by a surety bond, other suitable

                                        - 4 -
<PAGE>






     insurance or an equivalent form of security which assures that any
     repayment may be obtained by the Trust without delay or litigation, which
     bond, insurance or other form of security must be provided by the
     recipient of the advance, or (b) a majority of a quorum of the Trust's
     disinterested, non-party Trustees, or an independent legal counsel in a
     written opinion, shall determine, based upon a review of readily available
     facts, that the recipient of the advance ultimately will be found entitled
     to indemnification.

                  Section 3.5.  Distribution Disbursing Agents and the Like. 
     The Trustees shall have the power to employ and compensate such
     distribution disbursing agents, warrant agents and agents for the
     reinvestment of distributions as they shall deem necessary or desirable. 
     Any of such agents shall have such power and authority as is delegated to
     any of them by the Trustees.

                                     ARTICLE IV

                          REGULATIONS; AMENDMENT OF BY-LAWS

                  Section 4.1.  Regulations.  The Trustees may make such
     additional rules and regulations, not inconsistent with these By-Laws, as
     they may deem expedient concerning the sale and purchase of Interests of
     the Trust.

                  Section 4.2.  Amendment and Repeal of By-Laws.  In accordance
     with Section 2.7 of the Declaration, the Trustees shall have the power to
     alter, amend or repeal the By-Laws or adopt new By-Laws at any time. 
     Action by the Trustees with respect to the By-Laws shall be taken by an
     affirmative vote of a majority of the Trustees.  The Trustees shall in no
     event adopt By-Laws which are in conflict with the Declaration.

                  The Declaration refers to the Trustees as Trustees, but not
     as individuals or personally; and no Trustee, officer, employee or agent
     of the Trust shall be held to any personal liability, nor shall resort be
     had to their private property for the satisfaction of any obligation or
     claim or otherwise in connection with the affairs of the Trust.
















                                        - 5 -
<PAGE>

<PAGE>


                             ALABAMA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                            INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT


              AGREEMENT made this 13th day of October, 1992, between Alabama
     Tax Free Portfolio, a New York trust (the "Trust"), and Boston Management
     and Research, a Massachusetts business trust (the "Adviser").

              1.      Duties of the Adviser.  The Trust hereby employs the
     Adviser to act as investment adviser for and to manage the investment and
     reinvestment of the assets of the Trust and to administer its affairs,
     subject to the supervision of the Trustees of the Trust, for the period
     and on the terms set forth in this Agreement.

              The Adviser hereby accepts such employment, and undertakes to
     afford to the Trust the advice and assistance of the Adviser's
     organization in the choice of investments and in the purchase and sale of
     securities for the Trust and to furnish for the use of the Trust office
     space and all necessary office facilities, equipment and personnel for
     servicing the investments of the Trust and for administering its affairs
     and to pay the salaries and fees of all officers and Trustees of the Trust
     who are members of the Adviser's organization and all personnel of the
     Adviser performing services relating to research and investment
     activities.  The Adviser shall for all purposes herein be deemed to be an
     independent contractor and shall, except as otherwise expressly provided
     or authorized, have no authority to act for or represent the Trust in any
     way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Trust.

              The Adviser shall provide the Trust with such investment
     management and supervision as the Trust may from time to time consider
     necessary for the proper supervision of the Trust.  As investment adviser
     to the Trust, the Adviser shall furnish continuously an investment program
     and shall determine from time to time what securities and other
     investments shall be acquired, disposed of or exchanged and what portion
     of the Trust's assets shall be held uninvested, subject always to the
     applicable restrictions of the Declaration of Trust, By-Laws and
     registration statement of the Trust under the Investment Company Act of
     1940, all as from time to time amended.  Should the Trustees of the Trust
     at any time, however, make any specific determination as to investment
     policy for the Trust and notify the Adviser thereof in writing, the
     Adviser shall be bound by such determination for the period, if any,
     specified in such notice or until similarly notified that such
     determination has been revoked.  The Adviser shall take, on behalf of the
     Trust, all actions which it deems necessary or desirable to implement the
     investment policies of the Trust.

              The Adviser shall place all orders for the purchase or sale of
     portfolio securities for the account of the Trust either directly with the
     issuer or with brokers or dealers selected by the Adviser, and to that end
     the Adviser is authorized as the agent of the Trust to give instructions
     to the custodian of the Trust as to deliveries of securities and payment
     of cash for the account of the Trust.  In connection with the selection of
     such brokers or dealers and the placing of such orders, the Adviser shall
<PAGE>






     use its best efforts to seek to execute security transactions at prices
     which are advantageous to the Trust and (when a disclosed commission is
     being charged) at reasonably competitive commission rates.  In selecting
     brokers or dealers qualified to execute a particular transaction, brokers
     or dealers may be selected who also provide brokerage and research
     services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities
     Exchange Act of 1934) to the Adviser and the Adviser is expressly
     authorized to pay any broker or dealer who provides such brokerage and
     research services a commission for executing a security transaction which
     is in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would
     have charged for effecting that transaction if the Adviser determines in
     good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the
     value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or
     dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the
     overall responsibilities which the Adviser and its affiliates have with
     respect to accounts over which they exercise investment discretion. 
     Subject to the requirement set forth in the second sentence of this
     paragraph, the Adviser is authorized to consider, as a factor in the
     selection of any broker or dealer with whom purchase or sale orders may be
     placed, the fact that such broker or dealer has sold or is selling shares
     of any one or more investment companies sponsored by the Adviser or its
     affiliates or shares of any other investment company investing in the
     Trust.

              2.      Compensation of the Adviser.  For the services, payments
     and facilities to be furnished hereunder by the Adviser, the Adviser shall
     be entitled to receive from the Trust, on a daily basis, compensation is
     an amount equal to the aggregate of:

              (a)     a daily asset-based fee computed by applying the annual
     asset rate applicable to that portion of the total daily net assets of the
     Trust in each Category as indicated below:

     Category         Daily Net Assets                       Annual Asset Rate

              1       up to $20 million                          0.100%
              2       $20 million but less than $40 million      0.200%
              3       $40 million but less than $500 million     0.300%
              4       $500 million but less than $1 billion      0.275%
              5       $1 billion but less than $1.5 billion      0.250%
              6       $1.5 billion but less than $2 billion      0.225%
              7       $2 billion but less than $3 billion        0.200%
              8       $3 billion and over                        0.175%, plus

              (b)     a daily income-based fee computed by applying the daily
     income rate applicable to that portion of the total daily gross income of
     the Trust (which portion shall bear the same relationship to the total
     daily gross income on such day as that portion of the total daily net
     assets of the Trust in the same Category bears to the total daily net
     assets on such day) in each Category as indicated below:
<PAGE>






     Category         Daily Net Assets                      Daily Income Rate

              1       up to $20 million                          1.00%
              2       $20 million but less than $40 million      2.00%
              3       $40 million but less than $500 million     3.00%
              4       $500 million but less than $1 billion      2.75%
              5       $1 billion but less than $1.5 billion      2.50%
              6       $1.5 billion but less than $2 billion      2.25%
              7       $2 billion but less than $3 billion        2.00%
              8       $3 billion and over                        1.75%, plus


     Such daily compensation shall be paid monthly in arrears on the last
     business day of each month.  The Trust's daily net assets and gross income
     shall be computed in accordance with the Declaration of Trust of the Trust
     and any applicable votes and determinations of the Trustees of the Trust.

              In case of initiation or termination of the Agreement during any
     month with respect to the Trust, the fee for that month shall be based on
     the number of calendar days during which it is in effect.

              The Adviser may, from time to time, waive all or a part of the
     above compensation.

              3.      Allocation of Charges and Expenses.  It is understood
     that the Trust will pay all its expenses other than those expressly stated
     to be payable by the Adviser hereunder, which expenses payable by the
     Trust shall include, without implied limitation, (i) expenses of
     maintaining the Trust and continuing its existence, (ii) registration of
     the Trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940, (iii) commissions,
     fees and other expenses connected with the acquisition, holding and
     disposition of securities and other investments, (iv) auditing, accounting
     and legal expenses, (v) taxes and interest, (vi) governmental fees, (vii)
     expenses of issue, sale and redemption of Interests in the Trust, (viii)
     expenses of registering and qualifying the Trust and Interests in the
     Trust under federal and state securities laws and of preparing and
     printing registration statements or other offering statements or memoranda
     for such purposes and for distributing the same to Holders and investors,
     and fees and expenses of registering and maintaining registrations of the
     Trust and the Trust's placement agent as broker-dealer or agent under
     state securities laws, (ix) expenses of reports and notices to Holders and
     of meetings of Holders and proxy solicitations therefor, (x) expenses of
     reports to governmental officers and commissions, (xi) insurance expenses,
     (xii) association membership dues, (xiii) fees, expenses and disbursements
     of custodians and subcustodians for all services to the Trust (including
     without limitation safekeeping of funds, securities and other investments,
     keeping of books, accounts and records, and determination of net asset
     values, book capital account balances and tax capital account balances),
     (xiv) fees, expenses and disbursements of transfer agents, dividend
     disbursing agents, Holder servicing agents and registrars for all services
     to the Trust, (xv) expenses for servicing the accounts of Holders, (xvi)
     any direct charges to Holders approved by the Trustees of the Trust,
<PAGE>






     (xvii) compensation and expenses of Trustees of the Trust who are not
     members of the Adviser's organization, and (xviii) such non-recurring
     items as may arise, including expenses incurred in connection with
     litigation, proceedings and claims and the obligation of the Trust to
     indemnify its Trustees, officers and Holders with respect thereto.

              4.      Other Interests.  It is understood that Trustees and
     officers of the Trust and Holders of Interests in the Trust are or may be
     or become interested in the Adviser as trustees, shareholders or otherwise
     and that trustees, officers and shareholders of the Adviser are or may be
     or become similarly interested in the Trust, and that the Adviser may be
     or become interested in the Trust as Holder or otherwise.  It is also
     understood that trustees, officers, employees and shareholders of the
     Adviser may be or become interested (as directors, trustees, officers,
     employees, shareholders or otherwise) in other companies or entities
     (including, without limitation, other investment companies) which the
     Adviser may organize, sponsor or acquire, or with which it may merge or
     consolidate, and which may include the words "Eaton Vance" or "Boston
     Management and Research" or any combination thereof as part of their name,
     and that the Adviser or its subsidiaries or affiliates may enter into
     advisory or management agreements or other contracts or relationships with
     such other companies or entities.

              5.      Limitation of Liability of the Adviser.  The services of
     the Adviser to the Trust are not to be deemed to be exclusive, the Adviser
     being free to render services to others and engage in other business
     activities.  In the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross
     negligence or reckless disregard of obligations or duties hereunder on the
     part of the Adviser, the Adviser shall not be subject to liability to the
     Trust or to any Holder of Interests in the Trust for any act or omission
     in the course of, or connected with, rendering services hereunder or for
     any losses which may be sustained in the acquisition, holding or
     disposition of any security or other investment.

              6.      Sub-Investment Advisers.  The Adviser may employ one or
     more sub-investment advisers from time to time to perform such of the acts
     and services of the Adviser, including the selection of brokers or dealers
     to execute the Trust's portfolio security transactions, and upon such
     terms and conditions as may be agreed upon between the Adviser and such
     investment adviser and approved by the Trustees of the Trust.

              7.      Duration and Termination of this Agreement.  This
     Agreement shall become effective upon the date of its execution, and,
     unless terminated as herein provided, shall remain in full force and
     effect through and including February 28, 1994 and shall continue in full
     force and effect indefinitely thereafter, but only so long as such
     continuance after February 28, 1994 is specifically approved at least
     annually (i) by the Board of Trustees of the Trust or by vote of a
     majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust and (ii) by the
     vote of a majority of those Trustees of the Trust who are not interested
     persons of the Adviser or the Trust cast in person at a meeting called for
     the purpose of voting on such approval.
<PAGE>






              Either party hereto may, at any time on sixty (60) days' prior
     written notice to the other, terminate this Agreement without the payment
     of any penalty, by action of Trustees of the Trust or the trustees of the
     Adviser, as the case may be, and the Trust may, at any time upon such
     written notice to the Adviser, terminate this Agreement by vote of a
     majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust.  This
     Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.

              8.      Amendments of the Agreement.  This Agreement may be
     amended by a writing signed by both parties hereto, provided that no
     amendment to this Agreement shall be effective until approved (i) by the
     vote of a majority of those Trustees of the Trust who are not interested
     persons of the Adviser or the Trust cast in person at a meeting called for
     the purpose of voting on such approval, and (ii) by vote of a majority of
     the outstanding voting securities of the Trust.

              9.      Limitation of Liability.  The Adviser expressly
     acknowledges the provision in the Declaration of Trust of the Trust
     (Section 5.2 and 5.6) limiting the personal liability of the Trustees and
     officers of the Trust, and the Adviser hereby agrees that it shall have
     recourse to the Trust for payment of claims or obligations as between the
     Trust and the Adviser arising out of this Agreement and shall not seek
     satisfaction from any Trustee or officer of the Trust.

              10.     Certain Definitions.  The terms "assignment" and
     "interested persons" when used herein shall have the respective meanings
     specified in the Investment Company Act of 1940 as now in effect or as
     hereafter amended subject, however, to such exemptions as may be granted
     by the Securities and Exchange Commission by any rule, regulation or
     order.  The term "vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities"
     shall mean the vote, at a meeting of Holders, of the lesser of (a) 67 per
     centum or more of the Interests in the Trust present or represented by
     proxy at the meeting if the Holders of more than 50 per centum of the
     outstanding Interests in the Trust are present or represented by proxy at
     the meeting, or (b) more than 50 per centum of the outstanding Interests
     in the Trust.  The terms "Holders" and "Interests" when used herein shall
     have the respective meanings specified in the Declaration of Trust of the
     Trust.

              IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement
     to be executed on the day and year first above written.


     ALABAMA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO        BOSTON MANAGEMENT AND RESEARCH


     By:  /s/James B. Hawkes            By:   /s/Curtis H. Jones     
        ------------------------            --------------------------
              President                         Vice President
                                                and not individually
<PAGE>

<PAGE>


                              PLACEMENT AGENT AGREEMENT



                                                                January 29, 1993


     Eaton Vance Distributors, Inc.
     24 Federal Street
     Boston, Massachusetts  02110

     Gentlemen:

              This is to confirm that, in consideration of the agreements
     hereinafter contained, the undersigned, Alabama Tax Free Portfolio (the
     "Trust"), an open-end non-diversified management investment company
     registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940
     Act"), organized as a New York trust, has agreed that Eaton Vance
     Distributors, Inc. ("EVD") shall be the placement agent (the "Placement
     Agent") of Interests in the Trust ("Trust Interests").

              1.  Services as Placement Agent.

              1.1  EVD will act as Placement Agent of the Trust Interests
     covered by the Trust's registration statement then in effect under the
     1940 Act.  In acting as Placement Agent under this Placement Agent
     Agreement, neither EVD nor its employees or any agents thereof shall make
     any offer or sale of Trust Interests in a manner which would require the
     Trust Interests to be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as
     amended (the "1933 Act").

              1.2  All activities by EVD and its agents and employees as
     Placement Agent of Trust Interests shall comply with all applicable laws,
     rules and regulations, including, without limitation, all rules and
     regulations adopted pursuant to the 1940 Act by the Securities and
     Exchange Commission (the "Commission"). 

              1.3  Nothing herein shall be construed to require the Trust to
     accept any offer to purchase any Trust Interests, all of which shall be
     subject to approval by the Board of Trustees.

              1.4  The Portfolio shall furnish from time to time for use in
     connection with the sale of Trust Interests such information with respect
     to the Trust and Trust Interests as EVD may reasonably request.  The Trust
     shall also furnish EVD upon request with: (a) unaudited semiannual
     statements of the Trust's books and accounts prepared by the Trust, and
     (b) from time to time such additional information regarding the Trust's
     financial or regulatory condition as EVD may reasonably request.

              1.5  The Trust represents to EVD that all registration statements
     filed by the Trust with the Commission under the 1940 Act with respect to
     Trust Interests have been prepared in conformity with the requirements of
     such statute and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. 
     As used in this Agreement the term "registration statement" shall mean any
<PAGE>






     registration statement filed with the Commission as modified by any
     amendments thereto that at any time shall have been filed with the
     Commission by or on behalf of the Trust.  The Trust represents and
     warrants to EVD that any registration statement will contain all
     statements required to be stated therein in conformity with both such
     statute and the rules and regulations of the Commission; that all
     statements of fact contained in any registration statement will be true
     and correct in all material respects at the time of filing of such
     registration statement or amendment thereto; and that no registration
     statement will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
     state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
     the statements therein not misleading to a purchaser of Trust Interests. 
     The Trust may but shall not be obligated to propose from time to time such
     amendment to any registration statement as in the light of future
     developments may, in the opinion of the Trust's counsel, be necessary or
     advisable.  If the Trust shall not propose such amendment and/or
     supplement within fifteen days after receipt by the Trust of a written
     request from EVD to do so, EVD may, at its option, terminate this
     Agreement.  The Trust shall not file any amendment to any registration
     statement without giving EVD reasonable notice thereof in advance;
     provided, however, that nothing contained in this Agreement shall in any
     way limit the Trust's right to file at any time such amendment to any
     registration statement as the Trust may deem advisable, such right being
     in all respects absolute and unconditional.

              1.6  The Trust agrees to indemnify, defend and hold EVD, its
     several officers and directors, and any person who controls EVD within the
     meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the Securities and
     Exchange Act of 1934 (the "1934 Act") (for purposes of this paragraph 1.6,
     collectively, "Covered Persons") free and harmless from and against any
     and all claims, demands, liabilities and expenses (including the cost of
     investigating or defending such claims, demands or liabilities and any
     counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) which any Covered Person
     may incur under the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, common law or otherwise,
     arising out of or based on any untrue statement of a material fact
     contained in any registration statement, private placement memorandum or
     other offering material ("Offering Material") or arising out of or based
     on any omission to state a material fact required to be stated in any
     Offering Material or necessary to make the statements in any Offering
     Material not misleading; provided, however, that the Trust's agreement to
     indemnify Covered Persons shall not be deemed to cover any claims,
     demands, liabilities or expenses arising out of any financial and other
     statements as are furnished in writing to the Trust by EVD in its capacity
     as Placement Agent for use in the answers to any items of any registration
     statement or in any statements made in any Offering Material, or arising
     out of or based on any omission or alleged omission to state a material
     fact in connection with the giving of such information required to be
     stated in such answers or necessary to make the answers not misleading;
     and further provided that the Trust's agreement to indemnify EVD and the
     Trust's representations and warranties hereinbefore set forth in this
     paragraph 1.6 shall not be deemed to cover any liability to the Trust or
     its investors to which a Covered Person would otherwise be subject by
     reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the
     performance of its duties, or by reason of a Covered Person's reckless
<PAGE>






     disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement.  The Trust
     should be notified of any action brought against a Covered Person, such
     notification to be given by a writing addressed to the Trust, 24 Federal
     Street Boston, Massachusetts 02110,  with a copy to the Adviser of the
     Portfolio, Boston Management and Research, at the same address, promptly
     after the summons or other first legal process shall have been duly and
     completely served upon such Covered Person.  The failure to so notify the
     Trust of any such action shall not relieve the Trust from any liability
     except to the extent the Trust shall have been prejudiced by such failure,
     or from any liability that the Trust may have to the Covered Person
     against whom such action is brought by reason of any such untrue statement
     or omission, otherwise than on account of the Trust's indemnity agreement
     contained in this paragraph.  The Trust will be entitled to assume the
     defense of any suit brought to enforce any such claim, demand or
     liability, but in such case such defense shall be conducted by counsel of
     good standing chosen by the Trust and approved by EVD, which approval
     shall not be unreasonably withheld.  In the event the Trust elects to
     assume the defense of any such suit and retain counsel of good standing
     approved by EVD, the defendant or defendants in such suit shall bear the
     fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by any of them; but
     in case the Trust does not elect to assume the defense of any such suit or
     in case EVD reasonably does not approve of counsel chosen by the Trust,
     the Trust will reimburse the Covered Person named as defendant in such
     suit, for the fees and expenses of any counsel retained by EVD or it.  The
     Trust's indemnification agreement contained in this paragraph and the
     Trust's representations and warranties in this Agreement shall remain
     operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation
     made by or on behalf of Covered Persons, and shall survive the delivery of
     any Trust Interests.  This agreement of indemnity will inure exclusively
     to Covered Persons and their successors.  The Trust agrees to notify EVD
     promptly of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against the
     Trust or any of its officers or Trustees in connection with the issue and
     sale of any Trust Interests.

              1.7  EVD agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the Trust, its
     several officers and trustees, and any person who controls the Trust
     within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934
     Act (for purposes of this paragraph 1.7, collectively, "Covered Persons")
     free and harmless from and against any and all claims, demands,
     liabilities and expenses (including the costs of investigating or
     defending such claims, demands, liabilities and any counsel fees incurred
     in connection therewith) that Covered Persons may incur under the 1933
     Act, the 1934 Act or common law or otherwise, but only to the extent that
     such liability or expense incurred by a Covered Person resulting from such
     claims or demands shall arise out of or be based on any untrue statement
     of a material fact contained in information furnished in writing by EVD in
     its capacity as Placement Agent to the Trust for use in the answers to any
     of the items of any registration statement or in any statements in any
     other Offering Material or shall arise out of or be based on any omission
     to state a material fact in connection with such information furnished in
     writing by EVD to the Trust required to be stated in such answers or
     necessary to make such information not misleading.  EVD shall be notified
     of any action brought against a Covered Person, such notification to be
     given by a writing addressed to EVD at 24 Federal Street, Boston,
<PAGE>






     Massachusetts 02110, promptly after the summons or other first legal
     process shall have been duly and completely served upon such Covered
     Person.  EVD shall have the right of first control of the defense of the
     action with counsel of its own choosing satisfactory to the Trust if such
     action is based solely on such alleged misstatement or omission on EVD's
     part, and in any other event each Covered Person shall have the right to
     participate in the defense or preparation of the defense of any such
     action.  The failure to so notify EVD of any such action shall not relieve
     EVD from any liability except to the extent the Trust shall have been
     prejudiced by such failure, or from any liability that EVD may have to
     Covered Persons by reason of any such untrue or alleged untrue statement,
     or omission or alleged omission, otherwise than on account of EVD's
     indemnity agreement contained in this paragraph.

              1.8  No Trust Interests shall be offered by either EVD or the
     Trust under any of the provisions of this Agreement and no orders for the
     purchase or sale of Trust Interests hereunder shall be accepted by the
     Trust if and so long as the effectiveness of the registration statement or
     any necessary amendments thereto shall be suspended under any of the
     provisions of the 1933 Act or the 1940 Act; provided, however, that
     nothing contained in this paragraph shall in any way restrict or have an
     application to or bearing on the Trust's obligation to redeem Trust
     Interests from any investor in accordance with the provisions of the
     Trust's registration statement or Declaration of Trust, as amended from
     time to time.

              1.9  The Trust agrees to advise EVD as soon as reasonably
     practical by a notice in writing delivered to EVD or its counsel:

              (a)  of any request by the Commission for amendments to the
     registration statement then in effect or for additional information;

              (b)  in the event of the issuance by the Commission of any stop
     order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement then in
     effect or the initiation by service of process on the Trust of any
     proceeding for that purpose;

              (c)  of the happening of any event that makes untrue any
     statement of a material fact made in the registration statement then in
     effect or that requires the making of a change in such registration
     statement in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and

              (d)  of all action of the Commission with respect to any
     amendment to any registration statement that may from time to time be
     filed with the Commission.

              For purposes of this paragraph 1.9, informal requests by or acts
     of the Staff of the Commission shall not be deemed actions of or requests
     by the Commission.

              1.10  EVD agrees on behalf of itself and its employees to treat
     confidentially and as proprietary information of the Trust all records and
     other information not otherwise publicly available relative to the Trust
     and its prior, present or potential investors and not to use such records
<PAGE>






     and information for any purpose other than performance of its
     responsibilities and duties hereunder, except after prior notification to
     and approval in writing by the Trust, 
<PAGE>






     which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld and may not be withheld
     where EVD may be exposed to civil or criminal contempt proceedings for
     failure to comply, when requested to divulge such information by duly
     constituted authorities, or when so requested by the Trust.

              2.  Duration and Termination of this Agreement.

              This Agreement shall become effective upon the date of its
     execution, and, unless terminated as herein provided, shall remain in full
     force and effect through and including February 28, 1994 and shall
     continue in full force and effect indefinitely thereafter, but only so
     long as such continuance after February 28, 1994 is specifically approved
     at least annually (i) by the Board of Trustees of the Trust or by vote of
     a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust and (ii) by
     the vote of a majority of those Trustees of the Trust who are not
     interested persons of EVD or the Trust cast in person at a meeting called
     for the purpose of voting on such approval.

              Either party hereto may, at any time on sixty (60) days' prior
     written notice to the other, terminate this agreement without the payment
     of any penalty, by action of Trustees of the Trust or the Directors of
     EVD, as the case may be, and the Trust may, at any time upon such written
     notice to EVD, terminate this Agreement by vote of a majority of the
     outstanding voting securities of the Trust.  This Agreement shall
     terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.

              3.  Representations and Warranties.

              EVD and the Trust each hereby represents and warrants to the
     other that it has all requisite authority to enter into, execute, deliver
     and perform its obligations under this Agreement and that, with respect to
     it, this Agreement is legal, valid and binding, and enforceable in
     accordance with its terms.

              4.  Limitation of Liability.

              EVD expressly acknowledges the provision in the Declaration of
     Trust of the Trust (Sections 5.2 and 5.6) limiting the personal liability
     of the Trustees and officers of the Trust, and EVD hereby agrees that it
     shall have recourse to the Trust for payment of claims or obligations as
     between the Trust and EVD arising out of this Agreement and shall not seek
     satisfaction from any Trustee or officer of the Trust.

              5.  Certain Definitions.

              The terms "assignment" and "interested persons" when used herein
     shall have the respective meanings specified in the Investment Company Act
     of 1940 as now in effect or as hereafter amended subject, however, to such
     exemptions as may be granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission by
     any rule, regulation or order.  The term "vote of a majority of the
     outstanding voting securities" shall mean the vote, at a meeting of
     Holders, of the lesser of (a) 67 per centum or more of the Interests in
     the Trust present or represented by proxy at the meeting if the Holders of
     more than 50 per centum of the outstanding Interests in the Trust are
<PAGE>






     present or represented by proxy at the meeting, or (b) more than 50 per
     centum of the outstanding Interests in the Trust.  The terms "Holders" and
     "Interests" when used herein shall have the respective meanings specified
     in the Declaration of Trust of the Trust.

              6.  Concerning Applicable Provisions of Law, etc.

              This Agreement shall be subject to all applicable provisions of
     law, including the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act and to the extent
     that any provisions herein contained conflict with any such applicable
     provisions of law, the latter shall control.

              The laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts shall, except to
     the extent that any applicable provisions of federal law shall be
     controlling, govern the construction, validity and effect of this
     Agreement, without reference to principles of conflicts of law.

              If the contract set forth herein is acceptable to you, please so
     indicate by executing the enclosed copy of this Agreement and returning
     the same to the undersigned, whereupon this Agreement shall constitute a
     binding contract between the parties hereto effective at the closing of
     business on the date hereof.


                                       Yours very truly,

                                       ALABAMA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO




                                       By:  /s/James B. Hawkes      
                                           -------------------------
                                                President

     Accepted:

     EATON VANCE DISTRIBUTORS, INC.


     By:  /s/Wharton P. Whitaker         
         --------------------------------
              President
      
<PAGE>

<PAGE>







                             ALABAMA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO




                                   January 29, 1993



     Alabama Tax Free  Portfolio hereby adopts and  agrees to become a  party to
     the  attached Master  Custodian  Agreement  between  the  Eaton  Vance  Hub
     Portfolios and Investors Bank & Trust Company.



                                       ALABAMA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO


                                       By/s/James B. Hawkes       
                                       President

     Accepted and agreed to:

     INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY


     BY:      /s/J.M. Keenan             
              --------------------
              Title: Vice President
<PAGE>






                              MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT

                                       between

                             EATON VANCE HUB PORTFOLIOS

                                         and

                            INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY
<PAGE>






                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

     1.       Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1-3

     2.       Employment of Custodian and Property to be Held by It  . . . .   3

     3.       Duties of the Custodian with Respect to Property of
                      the Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

              A.      Safekeeping and Holding of Property  . . . . . . . . .   4

              B.      Delivery of Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4-7

              C.      Registration of Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

              D.      Bank Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

              E.      Payments for Interests, or Increases in Interests,
                               in the Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

              F.      Investment and Availability of Federal Funds . . . . .   8

              G.      Collections  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8-9

              H.      Payment of Trust Monies  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10-11

              I.      Liability for Payment in Advance of Receipt
                               of Securities Purchased . . . . . . . . .   11-12

              J.      Payments for Repurchases or Redemptions of
                               Interests of the Trust  . . . . . . . . . . .  12

              K.      Appointment of Agents by the Custodian . . . . . . . .  12

              L.      Deposit of Trust Portfolio Securities in
                               Securities Systems  . . . . . . . . . . .   12-14

              M.      Deposit of Trust Commercial Paper in an
                               Approved Book-Entry System for
                               Commercial Paper  . . . . . . . . . . . .   15-17

              N.      Segregated Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17

              O.      Ownership Certificates for Tax Purposes  . . . . . . .  18

              P.      Proxies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18

              Q.      Communications Relating to Trust Portfolio
                               Securities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18

              R.      Exercise of Rights; Tender Offers  . . . . . . . .   18-19

              S.      Depository Receipts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
<PAGE>






              T.      Interest Bearing Call or Time Deposits . . . . . . . .  20

              U.      Options, Futures Contracts and Foreign
                               Currency Transactions . . . . . . . . . .   20-22

              V.      Actions Permitted Without Express Authority  . . . . .  22

     4.       Duties of Bank with Respect to Books of Account and
                      Calculations of Net Asset Value  . . . . . . . . .   22-23

     5.       Records and Miscellaneous Duties . . . . . . . . . . . . .   23-24

     6.       Opinion of Trust's Independent Public Accountants  . . . . . .  24

     7.       Compensation and Expenses of Bank  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24

     8.       Responsibility of Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   24-25

     9.       Persons Having Access to Assets of the Trust . . . . . . .   25-26

     10.      Effective Period, Termination and Amendment;
                      Successor Custodian  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26-27

     11.      Interpretive and Additional Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . .  27

     12.      Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27

     13.      Massachusetts Law to Apply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27

     14.      Adoption of the Agreement by the Trust . . . . . . . . . . . .  28

                                         -ii-
<PAGE>






                              MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT


              This Agreement is made between  each investment company advised by
     Boston Management  and Research  which has  adopted this  Agreement in  the
     manner  provided herein  and Investors  Bank  & Trust  Company (hereinafter
     called "Bank", "Custodian" and  "Agent"), a trust company established under
     the laws  of Massachusetts with  a principal place  of business  in Boston,
     Massachusetts.

              Whereas,  each such  investment  company is  registered  under the
     Investment Company  Act  of 1940  and  has appointed  the  Bank to  act  as
     Custodian of its  property and to perform  certain duties as its  Agent, as
     more fully hereinafter set forth; and

              Whereas, the  Bank  is  willing  and able  to  act  as  each  such
     investment  company's Custodian  and Agent,  subject to  and in  accordance
     with the provisions hereof;

              Now,  therefore,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and  of the
     mutual  covenants and  agreements herein  contained,  each such  investment
     company and the Bank agree as follows:

     1.       Definitions

              Whenever used in this  Agreement, the following words and phrases,
     unless the context otherwise requires, shall have the following meanings:

              (a)     "Trust"  shall  mean  the  investment  company  which  has
     adopted this Agreement.

              (b)     "Board" shall mean the board of trustees of the Trust.

              (c)     "The  Depository   Trust  Company",   a  clearing   agency
     registered with  the Securities and  Exchange Commission under Section  17A
     of  the  Securities Exchange  Act  of  1934  which  acts  as  a  securities
     depository  and  which  has  been  specifically  approved  as a  securities
     depository for the Trust by the Board.


              (d)     "Participants   Trust   Company",   a   clearing    agency
     registered  with the Securities and  Exchange Commission  under Section 17A
     of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of 1934  which  acts  as  a  securities
     depository  and  which  has been  specifically  approved  as  a  securities
     depository for the Trust by the Board.

              (e)     "Approved Clearing Agency"  shall mean any other  domestic
     clearing  agency registered  with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission
     under Section  17A of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934  which acts as a
     securities depository  but only if  the Custodian has  received a certified
     copy of  a resolution  of the  Board approving  such clearing  agency as  a
     securities depository for the Trust.

              (f)     "Federal  Book-Entry  System"  shall  mean the  book-entry
<PAGE>






     system referred  to in Rule  17f-4(b) under  the Investment Company  Act of
     1940 for United  States and federal agency securities (i.e., as provided in
     Subpart O  of Treasury Circular No.  300, 31 CFR 306,  Subpart B of  31 CFR
     Part 350, and the book-entry regulations of  federal agencies substantially
     in the form of Subpart O).

              (g)     "Approved Foreign  Securities  Depository"  shall  mean  a
     foreign securities depository  or clearing agency referred to in Rule 17f-4
     under the  Investment Company Act of  1940 for foreign securities  but only
     if the  Custodian has  received a  certified copy  of a  resolution of  the
     Board approving such  depository or clearing agency as a foreign securities
     depository for the Trust.

              (h)     "Approved Book-Entry  System for  Commercial Paper"  shall
     mean a  system maintained by  the Custodian or  by a subcustodian  employed
     pursuant  to  Section  2 hereof  for  the  holding of  commercial  paper in
     book-entry form but only if the Custodian has  received a certified copy of
     a resolution of the  Board approving the participation by the Trust in such
     system.

              (i)     The Custodian  shall be  deemed to  have received  "proper
     instructions"  in  respect  of  any  of the  matters  referred  to  in this
     Agreement upon receipt  of written or facsimile instructions signed by such
     one or  more person or persons  as the Board shall  have from time  to time
     authorized to  give  the  particular class  of  instructions  in  question.
     Different  persons may  be authorized  to give  instructions for  different
     purposes.  A certified  copy of a resolution of  the Board may be  received
     and accepted by  the Custodian as  conclusive evidence of the  authority of
     any such person to act  and may be considered  as in full force and  effect
     until receipt of written  notice to the contrary.  Such instructions may be
     general or  specific  in terms  and,  where  appropriate, may  be  standing
     instructions.  Unless  the resolution delegating authority to any person or
     persons  to give a particular  class of  instructions specifically requires
     that the approval  of any  person, persons  or committee  shall first  have
     been obtained before the Custodian may  act on instructions of that  class,
     the  Custodian shall be  under no obligation to  question the  right of the
     person or persons giving such instructions in  so doing.  Oral instructions
     will  be  considered  proper  instructions  if   the  Custodian  reasonably
     believes  them to  have  been given  by a  person  authorized to  give such
     instructions with respect  to the transaction  involved.   The Trust  shall
     cause  all  oral  instructions  to be  confirmed  in  writing.    The Trust
     authorizes the  Custodian to tape  record any and  all telephonic or  other
     oral instructions given  to the Custodian.   Upon receipt of a  certificate
     signed  by two  officers  of  the Trust  as  to  the authorization  by  the
     President and  the  Treasurer  of  the  Trust  accompanied  by  a  detailed
     description of the  communication procedures approved by  the President and
     the  Treasurer  of  the  Trust,  "proper  instructions"  may  also  include
     communications effected  directly between  electromechanical or  electronic
     devices provided  that the  President and  Treasurer of  the Trust and  the
     Custodian are  satisfied that  such procedures  afford adequate  safeguards
     for the  Trust's assets.   In  performing  its duties  generally, and  more
     particularly  in  connection  with  the  purchase,  sale  and  exchange  of
     securities made by or  for the Trust, the Custodian may take  cognizance of
     the provisions  of the  governing documents  and registration  statement of
<PAGE>






     the Trust as the  same may from time to time  be in effect (and resolutions
     or proceedings  of the  holders of interests  in the  Trust or the  Board),
     but,  nevertheless, except  as  otherwise  expressly provided  herein,  the
     Custodian may assume unless  and until notified in writing to  the contrary
     that so-called proper instructions received by it are not  in conflict with
     or in any  way contrary to any  provisions of such governing  documents and
     registration statement,  or resolutions  or proceedings of  the holders  of
     interests in the Trust or the Board.

              (j)  The term "Vote"  when used with respect  to the Board or  the
     Holders  of  Interests in  the  Trust  shall  include  a vote,  resolution,
     consent,  proceeding and  other action  taken  by the  Board or  Holders in
     accordance with the Declaration of Trust or By-Laws of the Trust.

     2.       Employment of Custodian and Property to be Held by It
              -----------------------------------------------------

              The  Trust hereby appoints  and employs the Bank  as its Custodian
     and Agent in accordance with and subject to the provisions hereof, and  the
     Bank hereby accepts such  appointment and employment.  The Trust  agrees to
     deliver to the Custodian all securities,  participation interests, cash and
     other  assets  owned  by  it,  and  all  payments of  income,  payments  of
     principal and capital  distributions and  adjustments received  by it  with
     respect to  all securities and  participation interests owned  by the Trust
     from time to time,  and the cash consideration received by it  from time to
     time in  exchange for an interest in  the Trust or for  an increase in such
     an interest.   The Custodian shall not  be responsible for any  property of
     the  Trust  held  by  the Trust  and  not  delivered by  the  Trust  to the
     Custodian.   The Trust will  also deliver  to the  Bank from  time to  time
     copies  of   its  currently  effective   declaration  of  trust,   by-laws,
     registration statement  and placement  agent agreement  with its  placement
     agent, together with such resolutions,  and other proceedings of  the Trust
     as may be  necessary for or convenient  to the Bank  in the performance  of
     its duties hereunder.

              The  Custodian  may   from  time  to  time  employ  one   or  more
     subcustodians  to  perform such  acts  and  services  upon  such terms  and
     conditions as shall be  approved from time to time by the Board.   Any such
     subcustodian so employed by the Custodian shall  be deemed to be the  agent
     of the Custodian,  and the Custodian shall remain primarily responsible for
     the securities,  participation interests, moneys and  other property of the
     Trust held by such  subcustodian.  Any foreign subcustodian shall be a bank
     or trust company which is an eligible foreign  custodian within the meaning
     of Rule  17f-5 under the  Investment Company Act  of 1940, and the  foreign
     custody  arrangements  shall be  approved  by  the Board  and  shall  be in
     accordance with  and subject  to  the provisions  of said  Rule.   For  the
     purposes of  this Agreement,  any property of  the Trust  held by any  such
     subcustodian  (domestic or  foreign) shall  be  deemed to  be  held by  the
     Custodian under the terms of this Agreement.

     3.       Duties of the Custodian with Respect to Property of the Trust 
              -------------------------------------------------------------

              A.      Safekeeping and Holding  of Property  The  Custodian shall
<PAGE>






                      keep safely all  property of the  Trust and  on behalf  of
                      the Trust  shall from  time to  time  receive delivery  of
                      Trust  property  for safekeeping.    The  Custodian  shall
                      hold, earmark and segregate  on its books and records  for
                      the account  of  the  Trust  all property  of  the  Trust,
                      including  all  securities,  participation  interests  and
                      other  assets  of the  Trust  (1) physically  held  by the
                      Custodian, (2)  held by  any subcustodian  referred to  in
                      Section 2 hereof  or by any agent referred to in Paragraph
                      K hereof,  (3) held  by  or maintained  in The  Depository
                      Trust Company  or in Participants Trust  Company or  in an
                      Approved  Clearing  Agency or  in  the Federal  Book-Entry
                      System or  in an Approved  Foreign Securities  Depository,
                      each of  which from time to time is  referred to herein as
                      a  "Securities System", and (4)  held by  the Custodian or
                      by any subcustodian  referred to in Section  2 hereof  and
                      maintained   in  any   Approved   Book-Entry  System   for
                      Commercial Paper.

              B.      Delivery of Securities
                      ----------------------

                      The Custodian  shall  release  and deliver  securities  or
                      participation  interests  owned  by  the  Trust  held  (or
                      deemed to be  held) by the  Custodian or  maintained in  a
                      Securities  System  account or  in an  Approved Book-Entry
                      System for Commercial  Paper account only upon  receipt of
                      proper instructions,  which may be continuing instructions
                      when deemed  appropriate by the parties,  and only  in the
                      following cases:

                      1)       Upon  sale of  such  securities  or participation
                               interests for the account  of the Trust, but only
                               against  receipt of payment therefor; if delivery
                               is  made  in Boston  or  New  York  City, payment
                               therefor  shall  be  made   in  accordance   with
                               generally accepted clearing  house procedures  or
                               by use of Federal Reserve Wire System procedures;
                               if  delivery is  made elsewhere  payment therefor
                               shall be  in  accordance with  the  then  current
                               "street  delivery" custom  or in  accordance with
                               such procedures agreed to in writing from time to
                               time  by  the  parties  hereto;  if the  sale  is
                               effected through  a Securities  System,  delivery
                               and payment therefor  shall be made in accordance
                               with the provisions of Paragraph L hereof; if the
                               sale  of  commercial  paper  is  to  be  effected
                               through  an   Approved  Book-Entry   System   for
                               Commercial Paper, delivery  and payment  therefor
                               shall be  made in accordance  with the provisions
                               of Paragraph  M hereof; if the  securities are to
                               be sold  outside the United  States, delivery may
                               be made  in accordance with procedures  agreed to
                               in  writing  from time  to  time  by  the parties
<PAGE>






                               hereto;  for the  purposes of  this subparagraph,
                               the term "sale" shall include the  disposition of
                               a portfolio security (i)  upon the exercise of an
                               option  written by  the Trust  and (ii)  upon the
                               failure  by the  Trust to  make a  successful bid
                               with  respect  to  a   portfolio  security,   the
                               continued holding of which is contingent upon the
                               making of such a bid;

                      2)       Upon the  receipt of  payment in  connection with
                               any repurchase  agreement or  reverse  repurchase
                               agreement relating to such securities and entered
                               into by the Trust;

                      3)       To the depository agent in connection with tender
                               or  other similar offers for portfolio securities
                               of the Trust;

                      4)       To  the issuer  thereof  or its  agent  when such
                               securities or participation interests are called,
                               redeemed, retired  or otherwise  become  payable;
                               provided  that, in  any  such case,  the  cash or
                               other  consideration  is to  be delivered  to the
                               Custodian or any  subcustodian employed  pursuant
                               to Section 2 hereof;

                      5)       To the issuer thereof, or its agent, for transfer
                               into  the name of  the Trust or into  the name of
                               any  nominee of the Custodian or into the name or
                               nominee  name of any agent  appointed pursuant to
                               Paragraph K  hereof or  into the name  or nominee
                               name  of any  subcustodian  employed  pursuant to
                               Section 2 hereof; or for exchange for a different
                               number of  bonds, certificates or other  evidence
                               representing  the same  aggregate face  amount or
                               number of units; provided that, in any such case,
                               the new securities or participation interests are
                               to  be   delivered  to   the  Custodian   or  any
                               subcustodian  employed  pursuant   to  Section  2
                               hereof;

                      6)       To the broker selling the same for examination in
                               accordance  with  the  "street  delivery" custom;
                               provided  that  the  Custodian  shall adopt  such
                               procedures as  the Trust from time  to time shall
                               approve  to  ensure  their prompt  return  to the
                               Custodian by  the broker in the  event the broker
                               elects not to accept them;


                      7)       For  exchange or conversion pursuant  to any plan
                               of   merger,   consolidation,   recapitalization,
                               reorganization or readjustment  of the securities
                               of the issuer of  such securities, or pursuant to
<PAGE>






                               provisions  for conversion of such securities, or
                               pursuant to any deposit agreement; provided that,
                               in any such case, the new securities and cash, if
                               any, are to be delivered  to the Custodian or any
                               subcustodian  employed  pursuant   to  Section  2
                               hereof;

                      8)       In  the  case  of  warrants,  rights  or  similar
                               securities, the surrender  thereof in  connection
                               with  the exercise  of such  warrants,  rights or
                               similar securities,  or the  surrender of interim
                               receipts or temporary  securities for  definitive
                               securities;  provided that, in any such case, the
                               new  securities  and  cash,  if  any, are  to  be
                               delivered  to the  Custodian or  any subcustodian
                               employed pursuant to Section 2 hereof;

                      9)       For  delivery  in  connection with  any  loans of
                               securities made  by the  Trust (such loans  to be
                               made pursuant to the terms of the Trust's current
                               registration statement), but only against receipt
                               of adequate  collateral as agreed  upon from time
                               to time by the Custodian and the Trust, which may
                               be in  the form of cash or  obligations issued by
                               the  United  States  government, its  agencies or
                               instrumentalities; except that in connection with
                               any securities loans  for which collateral is  to
                               be  credited to  the Custodian's  account in  the
                               book-entry   system   authorized   by   the  U.S.
                               Department of Treasury, the Custodian will not be
                               held liable  or responsible  for the  delivery of
                               securities  loaned  by the  Trust  prior  to  the
                               receipt of such collateral;

                      10)      For delivery as security  in connection with  any
                               borrowings  by the  Trust requiring  a  pledge or
                               hypothecation  of  assets by  the Trust  (if then
                               permitted under  circumstances described  in  the
                               current  registration  statement  of  the Trust),
                               provided, that  the securities shall be  released
                               only upon payment to  the Custodian of the monies
                               borrowed, except that in  cases where  additional
                               collateral  is  required to  secure  a  borrowing
                               already made, further  securities may be released
                               for   that  purpose;   upon  receipt   of  proper
                               instructions, the Custodian may pay any such loan
                               upon redelivery to  it of the  securities pledged
                               or  hypothecated therefor  and upon  surrender of
                               the note or notes evidencing the loan;

                      11)      When required for delivery in connection with any
                               redemption or  repurchase of  an interest  in the
                               Trust  in  accordance   with  the  provisions  of
                               Paragraph J hereof;
<PAGE>






                      12)      For delivery in accordance with the provisions of
                               any  agreement   between  the   Custodian  (or  a
                               subcustodian  employed  pursuant   to  Section  2
                               hereof)  and a broker-dealer registered under the
                               Securities   Exchange  Act   of   1934   and,  if
                               necessary, the Trust, relating to compliance with
                               the rules of The Options  Clearing Corporation or
                               of any registered  national securities  exchange,
                               or of any similar organization  or organizations,
                               regarding deposit or escrow or other arrangements
                               in  connection with  options transactions  by the
                               Trust;

                      13)      For delivery in accordance with the provisions of
                               any agreement among  the Trust, the Custodian (or
                               a  subcustodian  employed  pursuant to  Section 2
                               hereof),  and  a  futures  commissions  merchant,
                               relating  to  compliance  with the  rules  of the
                               Commodity Futures  Trading Commission  and/or  of
                               any  contract market  or commodities  exchange or
                               similar  organization,  regarding futures  margin
                               account deposits  or payments in connection  with
                               futures transactions by the Trust;

                      14)      For any other proper corporate purpose, but  only
                               upon   receipt   of,   in   addition  to   proper
                               instructions, a certified copy of a resolution of
                               the  Board   specifying  the  securities  to   be
                               delivered,  setting forth  the purpose  for which
                               such  delivery is  to  be  made,  declaring  such
                               purpose  to  be  proper  corporate  purpose,  and
                               naming the person or  persons to whom delivery of
                               such securities shall be made.

              C.      Registration  of  Securities    Securities  held  by   the
                      Custodian (other  than bearer securities) for  the account
                      of the Trust shall be registered in  the name of the Trust
                      or in  the name  of any  nominee of  the Trust  or of  any
                      nominee of the Custodian, or  in the name or  nominee name
                      of any agent appointed pursuant to Paragraph  K hereof, or
                      in the  name or nominee name  of any subcustodian employed
                      pursuant to  Section 2 hereof,  or in the  name or nominee
                      name  of  The Depository  Trust  Company  or  Participants
                      Trust  Company  or  Approved  Clearing  Agency or  Federal
                      Book-Entry  System  or  Approved  Book-Entry  System   for
                      Commercial  Paper; provided, that  securities are  held in
                      an account of the  Custodian or of such  agent or of  such
                      subcustodian containing only  assets of the Trust  or only
                      assets  held  by  the  Custodian or  such  agent  or  such
                      subcustodian  as  a  custodian or  subcustodian  or  in  a
                      fiduciary capacity for  customers.   All certificates  for
                      securities accepted by the  Custodian or any such agent or
                      subcustodian on behalf  of the Trust shall be  in "street"
                      or other  good delivery form  or shall be  returned to the
<PAGE>






                      selling  broker  or dealer  who  shall be  advised  of the
                      reason thereof.

              D.      Bank  Accounts   The Custodian  shall open  and maintain a
                      separate  bank account  or  accounts in  the  name of  the
                      Trust, subject  only to draft  or order  by the  Custodian
                      acting in  pursuant to  the terms of  this Agreement,  and
                      shall hold  in such  account or  accounts, subject to  the
                      provisions hereof,  all cash  received by  it from  or for
                      the  account of the  Trust other  than cash  maintained by
                      the  Trust  in  a bank  account  established  and  used in
                      accordance  with Rule  17f-3 under  the Investment Company
                      Act of  1940.  Funds held  by the Custodian  for the Trust
                      may be  deposited by it to its credit  as Custodian in the
                      Banking  Department of  the  Custodian  or in  such  other
                      banks  or  trust companies  as  the Custodian  may  in its
                      discretion   deem   necessary   or  desirable;   provided,
                      however, that  every such  bank or trust  company shall be
                      qualified  to act  as  a  custodian under  the  Investment
                      Company  Act of  1940  and that  each  such bank  or trust
                      company and the  funds to be deposited with each such bank
                      or  trust  company shall  be  approved in  writing  by two
                      officers of the Trust.   Such funds shall be  deposited by
                      the  Custodian in its capacity  as Custodian  and shall be
                      subject  to  withdrawal  only by  the  Custodian  in  that
                      capacity.


              E.      Payments for Interests, or Increases in  Interests, in the
                      Trust   The Custodian shall  make appropriate arrangements
                      with  the  Transfer  Agent  of the  Trust  to  enable  the
                      Custodian to  make certain it  promptly receives the  cash
                      or other  consideration due to  the Trust  for payment  of
                      interests in  the Trust, or  increases in such  interests,
                      in   accordance   with   the   governing   documents   and
                      registration statement of  the Trust.  The  Custodian will
                      provide prompt  notification to the  Trust of any  receipt
                      by it of such payments.

              F.      Investment  and  Availability  of  Federal  Funds     Upon
                      agreement  between  the   Trust  and  the  Custodian,  the
                      Custodian shall, upon the receipt of proper  instructions,
                      which   may   be  continuing   instructions   when  deemed
                      appropriate by the parties, invest in  such securities and
                      instruments as  may be  set forth in  such instructions on
                      the  same day as received all federal funds received after
                      a time agreed upon between the Custodian and the Trust.

              G.      Collections    The  Custodian shall  promptly  collect all
                      income  and  other payments  with  respect  to  registered
                      securities  held hereunder  to which  the  Trust shall  be
                      entitled either  by  law  or pursuant  to  custom  in  the
                      securities  business,  and  shall   promptly  collect  all
                      income   and  other   payments  with   respect  to  bearer
<PAGE>






                      securities if, on  the date of payment by the issuer, such
                      securities are held  by the Custodian or agent thereof and
                      shall credit  such income,  as collected,  to the  Trust's
                      custodian  account.   The Custodian  shall  do all  things
                      necessary  and  proper  in  connection  with  such  prompt
                      collections and,  without limiting the  generality of  the
                      foregoing, the  Custodian shall

                      1)       Present for payment all coupons and  other income
                               items requiring presentations;

                      2)       Present for  payment  all  securities  which  may
                               mature  or   be  called,  redeemed,  retired   or
                               otherwise become payable;

                      3)       Endorse  and deposit for collection,  in the name
                               of the Trust,  checks, drafts or other negotiable
                               instruments;


                      4)       Credit  income from  securities maintained  in  a
                               Securities  System or  in an  Approved Book-Entry
                               System  for  Commercial Paper  at the  time funds
                               become available to the Custodian; in the case of
                               securities  maintained  in  The  Depository Trust
                               Company funds shall  be deemed  available to  the
                               Trust not  later than the opening  of business on
                               the  first business  day  after receipt  of  such
                               funds by the Custodian.

                      The  Custodian   shall  notify  the   Trust  as  soon   as
                      reasonably  practicable   whenever  income   due  on   any
                      security is not  promptly collected.  In any case in which
                      the  Custodian does not receive any  due and unpaid income
                      after  it  has   made  demand  for  the  same,   it  shall
                      immediately  so notify  the  Trust in  writing,  enclosing
                      copies  of   any  demand  letter,   any  written  response
                      thereto, and memoranda  of all oral responses  thereto and
                      to telephonic  demands, and  await  instructions from  the
                      Trust; the Custodian shall  in no case have any  liability
                      for any nonpayment  of such income provided  the Custodian
                      meets the standard  of care set forth in Section 8 hereof.
                      The Custodian shall not  be obligated to take legal action
                      for  collection unless and until reasonably indemnified to
                      its satisfaction.

                      The Custodian  shall also  receive and  collect all  stock
                      dividends,  rights and  other items  of  like nature,  and
                      deal  with  the  same  pursuant  to  proper   instructions
                      relative thereto.
<PAGE>






              H.      Payment of Trust Monies
                      -----------------------

                      Upon  receipt  of   proper  instructions,  which   may  be
                      continuing  instructions when  deemed  appropriate by  the
                      parties, the Custodian shall  pay out monies of  the Trust
                      in the following cases only:


                      1)       Upon the  purchase of  securities,  participation
                               interests,  options,  futures contracts,  forward
                               contracts  and  options   on  futures   contracts
                               purchased for  the account of the  Trust but only
                               (a) against the receipt of

                               (i)  such  securities  registered as  provided in
                               Paragraph C hereof or in proper form for transfer
                               or

                               (ii) detailed  instructions signed  by an officer
                               of   the   Trust   regarding   the  participation
                               interests to be purchased or

                               (iii) written confirmation of the purchase by the
                               Trust  of the options, futures contracts, forward
                               contracts or options on  futures contracts by the
                               Custodian (or by a subcustodian employed pursuant
                               to Section 2 hereof  or by a clearing corporation
                               of a  national securities  exchange of  which the
                               Custodian  is a  member or  by any  bank, banking
                               institution  or trust  company doing  business in
                               the  United States  or abroad which  is qualified
                               under the  Investment Company Act of  1940 to act
                               as a  custodian and which has  been designated by
                               the Custodian as its agent for this purpose or by
                               the  agent   specifically  designated   in   such
                               instructions  as representing the purchasers of a
                               new issue of privately placed securities); (b) in
                               the  case  of  a  purchase  effected  through   a
                               Securities System, upon receipt of the securities
                               by the Securities  System in accordance with  the
                               conditions set forth in  Paragraph L hereof;  (c)
                               in  the case  of a  purchase of  commercial paper
                               effected through  an Approved  Book-Entry  System
                               for Commercial  Paper, upon receipt  of the paper
                               by  the Custodian  or subcustodian  in accordance
                               with the  conditions  set forth  in  Paragraph  M
                               hereof;  (d) in the case of repurchase agreements
                               entered into between the  Trust and another  bank
                               or  a  broker-dealer,   against  receipt  by  the
                               Custodian  of  the   securities  underlying   the
                               repurchase agreement either  in certificate  form
                               or  through an  entry  crediting  the Custodian's
                               segregated,   non-proprietary   account  at   the
<PAGE>






                               Federal   Reserve  Bank   of  Boston   with  such
                               securities  along with  written  evidence  of the
                               agreement  by  the  bank   or  broker-dealer   to
                               repurchase such securities from the Trust; or (e)
                               with respect  to securities  purchased outside of
                               the  United States,  in accordance  with  written
                               procedures agreed to from time to time in writing
                               by the parties hereto;

                          2)   When  required in connection with the conversion,
                               exchange or surrender of securities owned by  the
                               Trust as set forth in Paragraph B hereof;

                          3)   When required for the reduction  or redemption of
                               an interest  in the Trust in  accordance with the
                               provisions of Paragraph J hereof;

                          4)   For  the  payment of  any  expense  or  liability
                               incurred by the Trust,  including but not limited
                               to the following payments  for the account of the
                               Trust:      advisory   fees,   interest,   taxes,
                               management compensation and expenses, accounting,
                               transfer   agent  and   legal  fees,   and  other
                               operating expenses  of the  Trust whether  or not
                               such  expenses  are  to   be  in  whole  or  part
                               capitalized or treated as deferred expenses;

                          5)   For   distributions  or  payment  to  Holders  of
                               Interest in the Trust; and

                          6)   For any other  proper corporate purpose, but only
                               upon   receipt   of,   in   addition  to   proper
                               instructions, a certified copy of a resolution of
                               the Board, specifying the amount of such payment,
                               setting forth the purpose for  which such payment
                               is  to be made,  declaring such  purpose to  be a
                               proper corporate  purpose, and naming the  person
                               or persons to whom such payment is to be made.

              I.  Liability  for Payment  in  Advance of  Receipt of  Securities
                  Purchased  In any and every case where payment for purchase of
                  securities  for  the  account of  the  Trust  is  made by  the
                  Custodian in  advance of  receipt of the  securities purchased
                  in the absence of specific  written instructions signed by two
                  officers  of the  Trust to  so pay  in advance,  the Custodian
                  shall be absolutely  liable to the  Trust for such  securities
                  to  the same extent as if  the securities had been received by
                  the  Custodian;  except  that  in the  case  of  a  repurchase
                  agreement  entered into by  the Trust with  a bank  which is a
                  member  of  the  Federal  Reserve System,  the  Custodian  may
                  transfer  trusts  to the  account of  such  bank prior  to the
                  receipt  of (i) the securities  in certificate form subject to
                  such repurchase  agreement or  (ii) written evidence  that the
                  securities  subject  to such  repurchase  agreement  have been
<PAGE>






                  transferred  by book-entry  into a  segregated non-proprietary
                  account of  the Custodian maintained with  the Federal Reserve
                  Bank  of Boston  or  (iii) the  safekeeping receipt,  provided
                  that  such  securities have  in  fact been  so  transferred by
                  book-entry and the  written repurchase  agreement is  received
                  by  the  Custodian  in due  course;  and  except  that if  the
                  securities  are to  be  purchased outside  the United  States,
                  payment may  be made in  accordance with procedures  agreed to
                  in writing from time to time by the parties hereto.

              J.  Payments for  Repurchases or  Redemptions of Interests  in the
                  Trust  From  such funds as may  be available for the  purpose,
                  but subject to  any applicable  resolutions of  the Board  and
                  the  current procedures  of  the Trust,  the Custodian  shall,
                  upon  receipt of written  instructions from the  Trust or from
                  the  Trust's  Transfer  Agent,  make  funds  and/or  portfolio
                  securities  available for  payment to  Holders of  Interest in
                  the  Trust who have caused the amount of their interests to be
                  reduced, or for their interest to be redeemed.

              K.  Appointment of Agents by  the Custodian  The Custodian  may at
                  any  time or times in  its discretion appoint (and  may at any
                  time remove)  any other bank  or trust company  (provided such
                  bank  or   trust  company   is  itself  qualified   under  the
                  Investment Company Act  of 1940  to act as  a custodian or  is
                  itself  an eligible  foreign custodian  within the  meaning of
                  Rule 17f-5 under said  Act) as the agent  of the Custodian  to
                  carry  out such of the  duties and functions  of the Custodian
                  described  in this Section 3 as the Custodian may from time to
                  time direct;  provided, however,  that the appointment  of any
                  such  agent  shall not  relieve the  Custodian  of any  of its
                  responsibilities  or liabilities hereunder, and as between the
                  Trust  and   the  Custodian  the  Custodian   shall  be  fully
                  responsible  for the  acts and  omissions  of any  such agent.
                  For  the purposes of this Agreement, any property of the Trust
                  held  by any  such agent  shall be  deemed to  be held  by the
                  Custodian hereunder.

              L.  Deposit of Trust Portfolio Securities in Securities Systems
                  The Custodian may deposit  and/or maintain securities owned by
                  the Trust

                      (1)      in The Depository Trust Company;

                      (2)      in Participants Trust Company;

                      (3)      in any other Approved Clearing Agency;

                      (4)      in the Federal Book-Entry System; or


                      (5)      in an  Approved Foreign Securities Depository  in
                               each  case  only  in  accordance with  applicable
                               Federal Reserve Board and Securities and Exchange
<PAGE>






                               Commission  rules  and regulations,  and  at  all
                               times subject to the following provisions:

                      (a)  The  Custodian may (either directly or through one or
                      more  subcustodians  employed pursuant  to Section  2 keep
                      securities of  the Trust in  a Securities System  provided
                      that  such securities are  maintained in a non-proprietary
                      account ("Account") of the Custodian  or such subcustodian
                      in  the Securities  System  which  shall not  include  any
                      assets  of the Custodian or such subcustodian or any other
                      person  other than  assets held by  the Custodian  or such
                      subcustodian as a  fiduciary, custodian, or otherwise  for
                      its customers.

                      (b)    The  records  of  the  Custodian  with  respect  to
                      securities  of  the  Trust  which  are   maintained  in  a
                      Securities  System  shall  identify  by  book-entry  those
                      securities  belonging  to  the  Trust,  and  the Custodian
                      shall be fully and completely responsible  for maintaining
                      a   recordkeeping  system   capable   of  accurately   and
                      currently stating the Trust's holdings maintained in  each
                      such Securities System.

                      (c)  The Custodian  shall pay for securities  purchased in
                      book-entry form  for the  account of the  Trust only  upon
                      (i)  receipt  of  notice or  advice  from  the  Securities
                      System that such  securities have been transferred  to the
                      Account, and (ii) the making  of any entry on  the records
                      of the Custodian  to reflect such payment and transfer for
                      the account  of the Trust.   The Custodian shall  transfer
                      securities  sold for  the account  of the  Trust only upon
                      (i)  receipt  of  notice or  advice  from  the  Securities
                      System   that  payment   for  such   securities  has  been
                      transferred  to the  Account, and  (ii) the  making  of an
                      entry  on the  records of  the Custodian  to reflect  such
                      transfer and payment for the account of the  Trust. Copies
                      of all notices or  advices from  the Securities System  of
                      transfers  of securities  for  the  account of  the  Trust
                      shall identify the  Trust, be maintained for the  Trust by
                      the  Custodian and  be promptly  provided to  the Trust at
                      its request.   The Custodian  shall promptly  send to  the
                      Trust  confirmation  of  each  transfer  to  or  from  the
                      account of the  Trust in the form  of a written advice  or
                      notice of each such transaction, and  shall furnish to the
                      Trust copies  of daily transaction sheets  reflecting each
                      day's  transactions  in  the  Securities  System  for  the
                      account of the Trust on the next business day.

                      (d)   The Custodian shall  promptly send to  the Trust any
                      report or other communication received or  obtained by the
                      Custodian relating  to the  Securities System's accounting
                      system,  system   of  internal   accounting  controls   or
                      procedures for  safeguarding securities  deposited in  the
                      Securities  System; the  Custodian shall  promptly send to
<PAGE>






                      the Trust  any report or  other communication relating  to
                      the   Custodian's   internal   accounting   controls   and
                      procedures for  safeguarding securities  deposited in  any
                      Securities System;  and the  Custodian  shall ensure  that
                      any agent appointed pursuant to Paragraph K hereof or  any
                      subcustodian employed pursuant to  Section 2 hereof  shall
                      promptly send  to  the  Trust and  to  the  Custodian  any
                      report or other communication relating to  such agent's or
                      subcustodian's    internal   accounting    controls    and
                      procedures for  safeguarding securities  deposited in  any
                      Securities  System.   The  Custodian's  books and  records
                      relating to the  Trust's participation in each  Securities
                      System will at all times during regular  business hours be
                      open  to   the  inspection   of  the   Trust's  authorized
                      officers, employees or agents.

                      (e)   The Custodian shall  not act under  this Paragraph L
                      in the absence of receipt  of a certificate of  an officer
                      of  the Trust  that the Board  has approved  the use  of a
                      particular  Securities System;  the  Custodian shall  also
                      obtain  appropriate  assurance  from the  officers  of the
                      Trust that the  Board has annually reviewed  the continued
                      use by the  Trust of each Securities System, and the Trust
                      shall  promptly  notify the  Custodian  if  the  use of  a
                      Securities System  is to be  discontinued; at the  request
                      of the Trust,  the Custodian will terminate the use of any
                      such Securities System as promptly as practicable.

                      (f)     Anything  to  the   contrary  in  this   Agreement
                      notwithstanding, the  Custodian  shall  be liable  to  the
                      Trust for any loss or  damage to the Trust  resulting from
                      use of the Securities System by reason of any  negligence,
                      misfeasance or misconduct of  the Custodian or any  of its
                      agents  or  subcustodians  or  of  any  of  its  or  their
                      employees  or from  any failure  of the  Custodian or  any
                      such  agent or  subcustodian to  enforce effectively  such
                      rights  as it may  have against  the Securities  System or
                      any other person; at the  election of the Trust,  it shall
                      be  entitled  to  be  subrogated  to  the  rights  of  the
                      Custodian   with   respect  to   any  claim   against  the
                      Securities System or any other person  which the Custodian
                      may have  as a consequence of  any such loss or  damage if
                      and to the extent that  the Trust has not been made  whole
                      for any such loss or damage.

              M.      Deposit   of  Trust  Commercial   Paper  in   an  Approved
                      Book-Entry System  for Commercial Paper   Upon receipt  of
                      proper instructions with  respect to each issue  of direct
                      issue  commercial  paper  purchased  by  the  Trust,   the
                      Custodian  may   deposit  and/or  maintain  direct   issue
                      commercial  paper  owned  by the  Trust  in  any  Approved
                      Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper, in  each case only
                      in  accordance  with applicable  Securities  and  Exchange
                      Commission    rules,     regulations,    and     no-action
<PAGE>






                      correspondence, and at all times subject  to the following
                      provisions:

                      (a)  The  Custodian may (either directly or through one or
                      more  subcustodians employed  pursuant to  Section 2) keep
                      commercial paper  of the Trust  in an Approved  Book-Entry
                      System for Commercial  Paper, provided that such  paper is
                      issued   in  book   entry  form   by   the  Custodian   or
                      subcustodian  on  behalf  of  an  issuer  with  which  the
                      Custodian or  subcustodian has  entered into a  book-entry
                      agreement  and  provided   further  that  such   paper  is
                      maintained in  a  non-proprietary account  ("Account")  of
                      the  Custodian  or  such   subcustodian  in  an   Approved
                      Book-Entry System  for  Commercial Paper  which shall  not
                      include any assets  of the Custodian or  such subcustodian
                      or  any  other  person  other  than  assets  held  by  the
                      Custodian or such subcustodian as  a fiduciary, custodian,
                      or otherwise for its customers.

                      (b)    The  records  of  the  Custodian  with  respect  to
                      commercial paper  of the Trust  which is maintained in  an
                      Approved Book-Entry  System  for  Commercial  Paper  shall
                      identify by  book-entry each specific  issue of commercial
                      paper  purchased by  the Trust  which  is included  in the
                      Securities System  and shall at  all times during  regular
                      business  hours  be  open  for  inspection  by  authorized
                      officers,  employees  or   agents  of  the  Trust.     The
                      Custodian shall  be fully  and completely  responsible for
                      maintaining a  recordkeeping system capable of  accurately
                      and currently  stating the Trust's  holdings of commercial
                      paper maintained in each such System.

                      (c)    The  Custodian  shall  pay   for  commercial  paper
                      purchased in book-entry form  for the account of the Trust
                      only upon contemporaneous (i) receipt of  notice or advice
                      from the issuer  that such paper has been issued, sold and
                      transferred to  the Account,  and  (ii) the  making of  an
                      entry on  the records  of the  Custodian  to reflect  such
                      purchase,  payment and  transfer for  the  account of  the
                      Trust.    The  Custodian shall  transfer  such  commercial
                      paper which is sold or cancel such commercial paper  which
                      is  redeemed  for  the  account  of  the  Trust  only upon
                      contemporaneous  (i)  receipt of  notice  or  advice  that
                      payment  for  such  paper  has  been  transferred  to  the
                      Account, and  (ii) the making  of an entry  on the records
                      of the  Custodian to reflect  such transfer or  redemption
                      and payment  for the account  of the Trust.  Copies of all
                      notices,  advices   and  confirmations   of  transfers  of
                      commercial  paper  for  the account  of  the  Trust  shall
                      identify the Trust,  be maintained  for the  Trust by  the
                      Custodian and  be promptly provided  to the  Trust at  its
                      request.   The Custodian shall promptly  send to the Trust
                      confirmation of  each transfer to  or from the account  of
                      the  Trust in  the form of  a written advice  or notice of
<PAGE>






                      each  such transaction,  and shall  furnish  to the  Trust
                      copies of  daily transaction sheets  reflecting each day's
                      transactions in  the System for  the account of the  Trust
                      on the next business day.

                      (d)   The Custodian shall  promptly send to  the Trust any
                      report or other communication received or  obtained by the
                      Custodian  relating to  each  System's accounting  system,
                      system of  internal accounting controls  or procedures for
                      safeguarding  commercial  paper deposited  in  the System;
                      the Custodian shall  promptly send to the Trust any report
                      or  other   communication  relating   to  the  Custodian's
                      internal   accounting   controls   and   procedures    for
                      safeguarding commercial  paper deposited  in any  Approved
                      Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper;  and the Custodian
                      shall  ensure   that  any  agent   appointed  pursuant  to
                      Paragraph K  hereof or any subcustodian  employed pursuant
                      to Section 2 hereof shall  promptly send to the  Trust and
                      to  the  Custodian  any  report  or   other  communication
                      relating  to  such  agent's   or  subcustodian's  internal
                      accounting   controls  and   procedures  for  safeguarding
                      securities  deposited  in any  Approved  Book-Entry System
                      for Commercial Paper.

                      (e)   The Custodian shall  not act under  this Paragraph M
                      in the absence of receipt  of a certificate of  an officer
                      of the  Trust that  the Board  has approved  the use of  a
                      particular  Approved  Book-Entry  System  for   Commercial
                      Paper;  the   Custodian  shall  also  obtain   appropriate
                      assurance from  the officers of  the Trust that the  Board
                      has  annually reviewed  the continued use  by the Trust of
                      each Approved  Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper, and
                      the Trust shall promptly  notify the Custodian if  the use
                      of an Approved  Book-Entry System for Commercial  Paper is
                      to  be discontinued;  at  the request  of  the Trust,  the
                      Custodian will  terminate the  use of  any such  System as
                      promptly as practicable.

                      (f)   The  Custodian  (or  subcustodian, if  the  Approved
                      Book-Entry  System for  Commercial Paper  is maintained by
                      the subcustodian)  shall issue  physical commercial  paper
                      or promissory  notes whenever requested  to do  so by  the
                      Trust  or in  the event  of an  electronic  system failure
                      which impedes  issuance,  transfer  or custody  of  direct
                      issue commercial paper by book-entry.

                      (g)     Anything  to  the   contrary  in  this   Agreement
                      notwithstanding,  the  Custodian shall  be  liable  to the
                      Trust for any loss or  damage to the Trust  resulting from
                      use  of  any Approved  Book-Entry  System  for  Commercial
                      Paper  by   reason  of  any   negligence,  misfeasance  or
                      misconduct of  the  Custodian  or any  of  its  agents  or
                      subcustodians or of  any of its or their employees or from
                      any  failure  of  the  Custodian  or  any  such  agent  or
<PAGE>






                      subcustodian to enforce effectively such rights  as it may
                      have  against the  System, the  issuer  of the  commercial
                      paper or any other person;  at the election of  the Trust,
                      it shall be  entitled to be  subrogated to  the rights  of
                      the  Custodian  with  respect to  any  claim  against  the
                      System,  the issuer of the  commercial paper  or any other
                      person which the  Custodian may have as  a consequence  of
                      any  such loss  or damage if  and to  the extent  that the
                      Trust  has  not been  made  whole  for  any  such loss  or
                      damage.

              N.      Segregated Account.   The Custodian shall upon  receipt of
                      proper instructions  establish and  maintain a  segregated
                      account or accounts for and  on behalf of the  Trust, into
                      which account or  accounts may be transferred  cash and/or
                      securities, including  securities maintained in an account
                      by the  Custodian pursuant to  Paragraph L hereof, (i)  in
                      accordance with the provisions of any  agreement among the
                      Trust, the Custodian and any registered  broker-dealer (or
                      any futures  commission merchant), relating to  compliance
                      with the rules of the Options  Clearing Corporation and of
                      any  registered national  securities exchange  (or of  the
                      Commodity Futures Trading  Commission or  of any  contract
                      market  or  commodities  exchange),  or   of  any  similar
                      organization   or   organizations,  regarding   escrow  or
                      deposit   or  other   arrangements   in  connection   with
                      transactions   by  the   Trust,  (ii)   for   purposes  of
                      segregating  cash   or  U.S.   Government  securities   in
                      connection with  options   purchased, sold  or written  by
                      the  Trust   or  futures  contracts   or  options  thereon
                      purchased or sold  by the Trust, (iii) for the purposes of
                      compliance by  the Trust with  the procedures required  by
                      Investment   Company  Act   Release  No.   10666,  or  any
                      subsequent release  or  releases  of  the  Securities  and
                      Exchange  Commission   relating  to  the  maintenance   of
                      segregated  accounts  by  registered investment  companies
                      and (iv) for  other proper purposes, but only, in the case
                      of  clause (iv),  upon receipt of,  in addition  to proper
                      instructions, a certificate signed by two  officers of the
                      Trust, setting forth  the purpose such segregated  account
                      and declaring such purpose to be a proper purpose.

              O.      Ownership Certificates  for Tax  Purposes.  The  Custodian
                      shall  execute   ownership  and  other  certificates   and
                      affidavits  for all  federal  and  state tax  purposes  in
                      connection with receipt  of income or other  payments with
                      respect  to securities  of  the Trust  held  by it  and in
                      connection with transfers of securities.

              P.      Proxies    The  Custodian  shall,  with   respect  to  the
                      securities  held by  it hereunder,  cause  to be  promptly
                      delivered to  the  Trust  all forms  of  proxies  and  all
                      notices   of   meetings   and   any   other   notices   or
                      announcements or  other written  information affecting  or
<PAGE>






                      relating to  the securities,  and upon  receipt of  proper
                      instructions  shall  execute  and  deliver  or  cause  its
                      nominee  to execute  and  deliver  such proxies  or  other
                      authorizations as may  be required. Neither  the Custodian
                      nor its nominee shall vote  upon any of the  securities or
                      execute any proxy to vote  thereon or give any  consent or
                      take  any other  action with  respect  thereto (except  as
                      otherwise  herein provided)  unless ordered  to  do so  by
                      proper instructions.

              Q.      Communications Relating to Trust Portfolio Securities
                      The  Custodian shall  deliver promptly  to  the Trust  all
                      written   information  (including,   without   limitation,
                      pendency   of  call  and   maturities  of  securities  and
                      participation  interests  and  expirations  of  rights  in
                      connection therewith and  notices of exercise of  call and
                      put  options written  by  the Trust  and  the maturity  of
                      futures  contracts  purchased   or  sold  by   the  Trust)
                      received by the  Custodian from issuers and  other persons
                      relating  to the  securities  and participation  interests
                      being  held for  the  Trust.   With  respect to  tender or
                      exchange offers,  the Custodian shall deliver  promptly to
                      the  Trust   all  written  information   received  by  the
                      Custodian from issuers  and other persons relating  to the
                      securities  and  participation interests  whose  tender or
                      exchange  is sought  and from  the party  (or his  agents)
                      making the tender or exchange offer.

              R.      Exercise of Rights; Tender Offers   In the case  of tender
                      offers, similar  offers  to  purchase or  exercise  rights
                      (including, without  limitation,  pendency  of  calls  and
                      maturities of  securities and participation interests  and
                      expirations of rights in connection therewith  and notices
                      of exercise  of call and  put options and  the maturity of
                      futures  contracts) affecting  or  relating to  securities
                      and participation  interests held  by the Custodian  under
                      this Agreement,  the Custodian  shall have  responsibility
                      for  promptly notifying  the Trust of  all such  offers in
                      accordance with the standard of reasonable  care set forth
                      in  Section 8 hereof.   For all such  offers for which the
                      Custodian is responsible as provided in  this Paragraph R,
                      the  Trust  shall  have responsibility  for  providing the
                      Custodian  with   all  necessary  instructions  in  timely
                      fashion.     Upon  receipt  of  proper  instructions,  the
                      Custodian shall  timely deliver to  the issuer or  trustee
                      thereof,  or  to  the agent  of  either,  warrants,  puts,
                      calls, rights  or similar  securities for  the purpose  of
                      being exercised or  sold upon proper receipt  therefor and
                      upon  receipt of assurances  satisfactory to the Custodian
                      that  the new  securities  and cash,  if any,  acquired by
                      such action  are to be  delivered to the  Custodian or any
                      subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2  hereof.  Upon
                      receipt  of  proper  instructions,   the  Custodian  shall
                      timely deposit securities upon invitations for  tenders of
<PAGE>






                      securities upon  proper receipt therefor and  upon receipt
                      of  assurances  satisfactory  to  the  Custodian that  the
                      consideration  to be  paid or  delivered  or the  tendered
                      securities  are  to  be  returned  to   the  Custodian  or
                      subcustodian  employed  pursuant  to   Section  2  hereof.
                      Notwithstanding  any provision  of this  Agreement  to the
                      contrary,  the Custodian shall  take all necessary action,
                      unless  otherwise  directed  to  the  contrary  by  proper
                      instructions, to  comply with the  terms of all  mandatory
                      or compulsory exchanges, calls,  tenders, redemptions,  or
                      similar   rights   of  security   ownership,   and   shall
                      thereafter promptly  notify the Trust  in writing of  such
                      action.

              S.      Depository Receipts  The Custodian shall,  upon receipt of
                      proper  instructions, surrender or cause to be surrendered
                      foreign securities to the depository used  by an issuer of
                      American  Depository Receipts  or International Depository
                      Receipts (hereinafter  collectively referred to as "ADRs")
                      for such  securities, against a  written receipt  therefor
                      adequately   describing   such   securities  and   written
                      evidence  satisfactory   to   the   Custodian   that   the
                      depository  has acknowledged  receipt  of instructions  to
                      issue with respect  to such securities  in the  name of  a
                      nominee of  the Custodian or  in the name  or nominee name
                      of  any  subcustodian  employed  pursuant  to   Section  2
                      hereof,  for   delivery   to   the   Custodian   or   such
                      subcustodian  at  such  place as  the  Custodian  or  such
                      subcustodian  may   from  time  to  time   designate.  The
                      Custodian  shall,  upon  receipt  of proper  instructions,
                      surrender ADRs  to the  issuer thereof  against a  written
                      receipt   therefor   adequately   describing   the    ADRs
                      surrendered  and  written  evidence  satisfactory  to  the
                      Custodian that  the issuer  of the  ADRs has  acknowledged
                      receipt  of  instructions  to  cause  its  depository   to
                      deliver  the  securities  underlying  such   ADRs  to  the
                      Custodian  or  to  a  subcustodian  employed  pursuant  to
                      Section 2 hereof.

              T.      Interest  Bearing Call  or Time  Deposits   The  Custodian
                      shall,  upon   receipt  of   proper  instructions,   place
                      interest bearing  fixed term  and call  deposits with  the
                      banking department  of  such  banking  institution  (other
                      than the Custodian) and in  such amounts as the  Trust may
                      designate.   Deposits may be  denominated in U.S.  Dollars
                      or other currencies.   The Custodian shall  include in its
                      records  with   respect  to  the   assets  of  the   Trust
                      appropriate  notation as  to the  amount  and currency  of
                      each  such deposit, the  accepting banking institution and
                      other appropriate details  and shall retain such  forms of
                      advice or receipt evidencing  the deposit, if any,  as may
                      be forwarded to the Custodian by  the banking institution.
                      Such deposits shall be deemed portfolio  securities of the
                      Trust  for  the  purposes  of  this   Agreement,  and  the
<PAGE>






                      Custodian  shall  be responsible  for  the  collection  of
                      income from such  accounts and the transmission of cash to
                      and from such accounts.

              U.      Options,   Futures   Contracts   and   Foreign    Currency
                      Transactions
                      -----------------------------------------------

                          1.   Options.   The Custodian  shall, upon  receipt of
                      proper instructions and in accordance  with the provisions
                      of any  agreement between  the  Custodian, any  registered
                      broker-dealer  and, if  necessary, the  Trust, relating to
                      compliance  with  the  rules   of  the  Options   Clearing
                      Corporation  or  of  any  registered  national  securities
                      exchange   or   similar  organization   or  organizations,
                      receive and retain  confirmations or  other documents,  if
                      any, evidencing the  purchase or writing of an option on a
                      security   or   securities   index   or  other   financial
                      instrument  or index by the Trust; deposit and maintain in
                      a segregated account  for the Trust, either  physically or
                      by  book-entry in a  Securities System, securities subject
                      to  a  covered  call  option written  by  the  Trust;  and
                      release and/or transfer  such securities  or other  assets
                      only in  accordance with a  notice or other  communication
                      evidencing the  expiration,  termination  or  exercise  of
                      such  covered  option furnished  by  the Options  Clearing
                      Corporation, the securities or  options exchange on  which
                      such covered option  is traded or such  other organization
                      as   may  be   responsible  for   handling  such   options
                      transactions.   The Custodian and  the broker-dealer shall
                      be responsible for the  sufficiency of assets held in  the
                      Trust's segregated  account in compliance with  applicable
                      margin maintenance requirements.

                          2.   Futures  Contracts   The Custodian  shall, upon  
                      receipt  of   proper  instructions,   receive  and  retain
                      confirmations  and other documents, if any, evidencing the
                      purchase  or sale of a futures  contract or an option on a
                      futures contract by  the Trust; deposit and maintain  in a
                      segregated  account,  for  the  benefit  of   any  futures
                      commission  merchant, assets  designated by  the  Trust as
                      initial,   maintenance  or   variation  "margin"  deposits
                      (including  mark-to-market  payments)  intended to  secure
                      the  Trust's  performance  of  its  obligations under  any
                      futures  contracts purchased  or sold  or  any options  on
                      futures contracts  written by  Trust,  in accordance  with
                      the provisions  of any agreement  or agreements among  the
                      Trust,  the   Custodian   and  such   futures   commission
                      merchant,  designed  to  comply  with  the  rules  of  the
                      Commodity  Futures   Trading  Commission  and/or  of   any
                      contract  market   or  commodities   exchange  or  similar
                      organization regarding such margin  deposits or  payments;
                      and  release  and/or   transfer  assets  in   such  margin
                      accounts only  in accordance with  any such agreements  or
<PAGE>






                      rules.  The Custodian and the  futures commission merchant
                      shall be  responsible for the  sufficiency of assets  held
                      in  the   segregated  account   in  compliance  with   the
                      applicable  margin maintenance  and mark-to-market payment
                      requirements.


                          3.    Foreign  Exchange  Transactions   The  Custodian
                      shall, pursuant  to  proper  instructions, enter  into  or
                      cause  a  subcustodian  to  enter  into  foreign  exchange
                      contracts  or  options   to  purchase  and   sell  foreign
                      currencies for spot and future delivery  on behalf and for
                      the  account  of  the Trust.    Such  transactions may  be
                      undertaken  by  the  Custodian or  subcustodian  with such
                      banking  or  financial  institutions  or  other   currency
                      brokers, as  set forth  in proper  instructions.   Foreign
                      exchange  contracts and  options  shall  be deemed  to  be
                      portfolio  securities of the  Trust; and  accordingly, the
                      responsibility  of  the Custodian  therefor  shall be  the
                      same  as and  no greater  than  the Custodian's  responsi-
                      bility in  respect of  other portfolio  securities of  the
                      Trust.    The  Custodian  shall  be  responsible  for  the
                      transmittal  to and  receipt  of  cash from  the  currency
                      broker or banking or financial institution  with which the
                      contract  or option  is made,  the  maintenance of  proper
                      records   with   respect  to   the  transaction   and  the
                      maintenance  of   any  segregated   account  required   in
                      connection  with  the  transaction.   The  Custodian shall
                      have  no  duty  with  respect  to  the  selection  of  the
                      currency  brokers  or  banking  or financial  institutions
                      with which the  Trust deals or for their failure to comply
                      with  the  terms  of  any  contract  or option.    Without
                      limiting the  foregoing, it is agreed that upon receipt of
                      proper  instructions  and  insofar   as  funds  are   made
                      available to the Custodian for the  purpose, the Custodian
                      may  (if   determined  necessary   by  the  Custodian   to
                      consummate a particular transaction on behalf  and for the
                      account of the  Trust) make free outgoing payments of cash
                      in the  form of  U.S. dollars  or foreign currency  before
                      receiving confirmation of  a foreign exchange contract  or
                      confirmation  that  the  countervalue currency  completing
                      the  foreign  exchange  contract  has  been  delivered  or
                      received.  The Custodian  shall not be responsible for any
                      costs and  interest charges which  may be incurred by  the
                      Trust  or the  Custodian  as a  result  of the  failure or
                      delay  of  third  parties  to  deliver  foreign  exchange;
                      provided that the Custodian shall nevertheless  be held to
                      the standard of care set forth in, and  shall be liable to
                      the Trust  in accordance with,  the provisions of  Section
                      8.


              V.  Actions Permitted  Without Express  Authority   The  Custodian
                  may  in its  discretion,  without express  authority from  the
<PAGE>






                  Trust:

                  1)  make payments  to itself or  others for minor expenses  of
                      handling securities  or other  similar  items relating  to
                      its duties under  this Agreement, provided, that  all such
                      payments  shall be accounted for  by the  Custodian to the
                      Treasurer of the Trust;

                  2)  surrender securities  in temporary form  for securities in
                      definitive form;

                  3)  endorse for collection, in the name  of the Trust, checks,
                      drafts and other negotiable instruments; and

                  4)  in  general, attend  to  all nondiscretionary  details  in
                      connection   with   the   sale,  exchange,   substitution,
                      purchase, transfer and other dealings  with the securities
                      and property of the Trust except as otherwise  directed by
                      the Trust.

     4.       Duties of Bank  with Respect to Books of Account  and Calculations
              of Net Asset Value
              ----------------------------------------------------------------

              The Bank shall  as Agent (or  as Custodian,  as the  case may  be)
     keep such  books of  account (including  records showing  the adjusted  tax
     costs of the  Trust's portfolio securities) and  render as at the  close of
     business on each  day a detailed statement of  the amounts received or paid
     out and of  securities received or delivered  for the account of  the Trust
     during said day and  such other statements, including a daily trial balance
     and inventory of the Trust's  portfolio securities; and shall  furnish such
     other financial information and data as from time  to time requested by the
     Treasurer  or any  executive officer  of the  Trust; and  shall compute and
     determine, as of the  close of business of the New  York Stock Exchange, or
     at such  other time  or times  as the Board  may determine,  the net  asset
     value of the Trust  and the net asset value of  each interest in the Trust,
     such computations  and determinations  to be  made in  accordance with  the
     governing documents  of the  Trust and  the votes  and instructions of  the
     Board and of  the investment adviser at  the time in force  and applicable,
     and promptly notify  the Trust and  its investment  adviser and such  other
     persons as  the Trust  may request of  the result  of such computation  and
     determination.   In computing the  net asset value  the Custodian may  rely
     upon security quotations  received by telephone or  otherwise from  sources
     or pricing services  designated by the  Trust by  proper instructions,  and
     may  further  rely upon  information  furnished  to  it  by any  authorized
     officer of  the  Trust  relative  (a)  to  liabilities  of  the  Trust  not
     appearing on its books of account, (b) to  the existence, status and proper
     treatment of  any reserve or  reserves, (c) to  any procedures or  policies
     established  by the  Board regarding the  valuation of portfolio securities
     or other  assets, and (d)  to the value  to be assigned to  any bond, note,
     debenture,  Treasury   bill,  repurchase   agreement,  subscription  right,
     security,  participation interests  or other  asset or  property  for which
     market quotations  are not  readily available.   The  Custodian shall  also
     compute and determine at such time or times as the Trust  may designate the
<PAGE>






     portion of each item which has  significance for a holder of an interest in
     the Trust in  computing and determining  its federal  income tax  liability
     including, but not limited  to, each item of  income, expense and  realized
     and unrealized gain or loss of the Trust which is attributable for  Federal
     income tax purposes to each such holder.

     5.       Records and Miscellaneous Duties
              --------------------------------

              The Bank shall create, maintain and preserve all  records relating
     to its  activities and obligations  under this Agreement in  such manner as
     will meet the obligations  of the Trust under the Investment Company Act of
     1940, with particular attention to Section  31 thereof and Rules 31a-1  and
     31a-2 thereunder,  applicable federal and state tax laws  and any other law
     or administrative  rules  or procedures  which  may  be applicable  to  the
     Trust.   All  books  of  account and  records  maintained  by the  Bank  in
     connection with  the performance of  its duties under  this Agreement shall
     be the  property  of the  Trust,  shall at  all  times during  the  regular
     business  hours of the Bank be open  for inspection by authorized officers,
     employees or agents of the  Trust, and in the event of termination  of this
     Agreement  shall be  delivered  to the  Trust or  to  such other  person or
     persons as shall  be designated by the  Trust.  Disposition of  any account
     or record  after  any required  period  of preservation  shall be  only  in
     accordance with  specific instructions received  from the Trust.   The Bank
     shall assist generally in the  preparation of reports to holder of interest
     in the Trust,  to the Securities  and Exchange  Commission, including  Form
     N-SAR, and to others, audits of accounts, and other  ministerial matters of
     like nature; and, upon request, shall furnish the Trust's auditors with  an
     attested inventory  of securities held with  appropriate information  as to
     securities in transit or  in the process of purchase or sale  and with such
     other  information as said  auditors may  from time  to time request.   The
     Custodian  shall also  maintain  records of  all  receipts, deliveries  and
     locations  of such securities, together  with a  current inventory thereof,
     and shall conduct periodic  verifications (including sampling counts at the
     Custodian)  of certificates  representing bonds  and  other securities  for
     which it  is  responsible  under  this Agreement  in  such  manner  as  the
     Custodian shall determine from  time to  time to be  advisable in order  to
     verify the accuracy of such inventory.  The Bank  shall not disclose or use
     any  books or  records  it has  prepared or  maintained  by reason  of this
     Agreement in any manner except  as expressly authorized herein  or directed
     by the  Trust,  and  the  Bank  shall  keep  confidential  any  information
     obtained by reason of this Agreement.

     6.       Opinion of Trust's Independent Public Accountants
              -------------------------------------------------

              The Custodian shall  take all reasonable action, as the  Trust may
     from time to time request, to enable  the Trust to obtain from year to year
     favorable opinions  from the  Trust's independent  public accountants  with
     respect to its activities hereunder  in connection with the  preparation of
     the  Trust's  registration  statement  and  Form  N-SAR  or  other periodic
     reports  to the Securities and Exchange Commission  and with respect to any
     other requirements of such Commission.
<PAGE>






     7.       Compensation and Expenses of Bank
              ---------------------------------

              The Bank  shall be  entitled to  reasonable  compensation for  its
     services as Custodian and  Agent, as agreed upon from time to  time between
     the Trust and the  Bank.  The Bank  shall be entitled  to receive from  the
     Trust  on demand  reimbursement for  its cash  disbursements,  expenses and
     charges,  including  counsel  fees,  in  connection   with  its  duties  as
     Custodian and  Agent hereunder,  but excluding salaries  and usual overhead
     expenses.

     8.       Responsibility of Bank
              ----------------------

              So  long as  and to  the  extent that  it is  in  the exercise  of
     reasonable care, the Bank as Custodian and Agent shall be held harmless  in
     acting upon any  notice, request, consent, certificate or  other instrument
     reasonably  believed by it  to be  genuine and to  be signed  by the proper
     party or parties.

              The Bank as Custodian  and Agent shall be entitled to rely  on and
     may act upon advice of  counsel (who may be  counsel for the Trust) on  all
     matters,  and shall be without liability for any action reasonably taken or
     omitted pursuant to such advice.

              The Bank as  Custodian and Agent shall be  held to the exercise of
     reasonable care in carrying out the provisions of this  Agreement but shall
     be liable only for its own negligent or bad faith acts  or failures to act.
     Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  nothing  contained  in this  paragraph  is
     intended to nor shall  it be construed to modify the standards  of care and
     responsibility set forth  in Section 2 hereof with respect to subcustodians
     and in subparagraph  f of Paragraph L of  Section 3 hereof with  respect to
     Securities  Systems and  in  subparagraph g  of Paragraph  M  of Section  3
     hereof with respect to an Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper.

              The  Custodian shall  be liable  for  the acts  or omissions  of a
     foreign banking  institution to the same  extent as set forth  with respect
     to subcustodians generally in Section  2 hereof, provided that,  regardless
     of  whether  assets are  maintained  in the  custody of  a  foreign banking
     institution,  a foreign securities depository  or a branch  of a U.S. bank,
     the  Custodian shall  not be liable  for any  loss, damage,  cost, expense,
     liability  or claim  resulting from,  or  caused by,  the  direction of  or
     authorization by the  Trust to maintain custody  of any securities or  cash
     of the  Trust in a  foreign country including,  but not limited to,  losses
     resulting from nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions,  acts
     of  war,  civil war  or  terrorism, insurrection,  revolution,  military or
     usurped powers, nuclear  fission, fusion or radiation, earthquake, storm or
     other disturbance of nature or acts of God.

              If the Trust requires the  Bank in any capacity to take any action
     with respect to securities, which  action involves the payment of  money or
     which action  may, in the opinion  of the Bank, result  in the Bank  or its
     nominee assigned  to the  Trust being liable  for the  payment of money  or
     incurring  liability of  some other form,  the Trust, as  a prerequisite to
<PAGE>






     requiring the Custodian  to take such  action, shall  provide indemnity  to
     the Custodian in an amount and form satisfactory to it.

     9.       Persons Having Access to Assets of the Trust
              --------------------------------------------

              (i)  No trustee,  officer, employee, or agent  of the Trust  shall
     have physical access to the  assets of the Trust  held by the Custodian  or
     be authorized  or permitted to withdraw  any investments of the  Trust, nor
     shall the Custodian deliver  any assets  of the Trust  to any such  person.
     No officer or  director, employee or agent  of the Custodian who  holds any
     similar  position  with   the  Trust  or  the  investment  adviser  or  the
     administrator of the Trust shall have access to the assets of the Trust.

              (ii)  Access to  assets of the Trust held hereunder shall  only be
     available  to  duly  authorized  officers,  employees,  representatives  or
     agents of the Custodian or other persons or  entities for whose actions the
     Custodian shall be  responsible to the  extent permitted  hereunder, or  to
     the  Trust's  independent  public  accountants  in  connection  with  their
     auditing duties performed on behalf of the Trust.

              (iii)   Nothing in  this  Section 9  shall prohibit  any  officer,
     employee or  agent of the Trust  or of the investment  adviser of the Trust
     from giving instructions  to the Custodian  or executing  a certificate  so
     long as it does not result in delivery of or access  to assets of the Trust
     prohibited by paragraph (i) of this Section 9.

     10.      Effective Period, Termination and Amendment; Successor Custodian
              ----------------------------------------------------------------

              This Agreement shall  become effective as of  its execution, shall
     continue  in  full  force  and  effect  until  terminated  as   hereinafter
     provided,  may be amended  at any time by  mutual agreement  of the parties
     hereto and may  be terminated by either  party by an instrument  in writing
     delivered or mailed, postage prepaid  to the other party,  such termination
     to  take effect  not sooner  than sixty  (60) days  after the  date of such
     delivery or mailing; provided,  that the Trust may at any time by action of
     its  Board, (i) substitute another bank  or trust company for the Custodian
     by giving notice as described above to the Custodian, or
     (ii) immediately terminate this Agreement  in the event of  the appointment
     of a  conservator or  receiver for  the Custodian  by  the Federal  Deposit
     Insurance  Corporation or by the  Banking Commissioner  of The Commonwealth
     of Massachusetts or upon the happening of a like  event at the direction of
     an appropriate regulatory  agency or court of competent jurisdiction.  Upon
     termination of  the Agreement, the  Trust shall  pay to the  Custodian such
     compensation as may  be due as of  the date of  such termination and  shall
     likewise   reimburse   the   Custodian  for   its   costs,   expenses   and
     disbursements.

              Unless  the holders  of  a  majority of  the  outstanding  "voting
     securities" of  the Trust  (as defined  in  the Investment  Company Act  of
     1940) vote  to  have  the  securities,  funds  and  other  properties  held
     hereunder delivered  and paid  over to  some other bank  or trust  company,
     specified  in  the vote,  having  not  less  than  $2,000,000 of  aggregate
<PAGE>






     capital, surplus  and undivided  profits, as  shown by  its last  published
     report, and meeting such other  qualifications for custodians set  forth in
     the Investment  Company  Act of  1940,  the  Board shall,  forthwith,  upon
     giving or receiving  notice of termination  of this  Agreement, appoint  as
     successor custodian, a  bank or  trust company having  such qualifications.
     The Bank, as Custodian, Agent or otherwise, shall, upon termination of  the
     Agreement, deliver to  such successor custodian, all  securities then  held
     hereunder and all funds or other properties of  the Trust deposited with or
     held by the Bank  hereunder and all  books of account  and records kept  by
     the Bank pursuant to  this Agreement,  and all documents  held by the  Bank
     relative thereto.   In the event that no  such vote has been adopted by the
     Holders of Interest  in the Trust and  that no written order  designating a
     successor custodian shall have been delivered to the Bank on or before  the
     date when such termination shall  become effective, then the Bank shall not
     deliver the  securities, funds  and other  properties of the  Trust to  the
     Trust but shall have the  right to deliver to a bank or trust company doing
     business  in  Boston,  Massachusetts  of  its   own  selection,  having  an
     aggregate capital,  surplus and  undivided profits,  as shown  by its  last
     published report,  of not less  than $2,000,000, all  funds, securities and
     properties of the Trust held  by or deposited with the Bank, and  all books
     of  account and records  kept by the Bank  pursuant to  this Agreement, and
     all documents held  by the Bank relative thereto.   Thereafter such bank or
     trust  company  shall   be  the  successor  of  the  Custodian  under  this
     Agreement.

     11.      Interpretive and Additional Provisions
              --------------------------------------

              In  connection with the operation of this Agreement, the Custodian
     and the Trust may from time to  time agree on such provisions  interpretive
     of or  in addition  to the  provisions of  this Agreement  as may  in their
     joint opinion be consistent with the general tenor  of this Agreement.  Any
     such interpretive or additional provisions shall be in a writing  signed by
     both  parties  and  shall  be   annexed  hereto,  provided  that   no  such
     interpretive  or  additional  provisions  shall contravene  any  applicable
     federal or state  regulations or any provision of the governing instruments
     of the  Trust.  No interpretive  or additional provisions made  as provided
     in  the preceding  sentence shall  be deemed  to  be an  amendment of  this
     Agreement.

     12.      Notices
              -------

              Notices and other writings  delivered or mailed postage prepaid to
     the Trust  addressed to  24 Federal  Street, Boston,  MA 02110  or to  such
     other  address as the  Trust may  have designated  to the Bank,  in writing
     with  a  copy  to Eaton  Vance  Management at  24  Federal  Street, Boston,
     Massachusetts  02110, or  to  Investors Bank  &  Trust Company,  24 Federal
     Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110 with  a copy to Eaton  Vance Management
     at 24 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, shall be deemed to  have
     been properly delivered or given hereunder to the respective addressees.
<PAGE>






     13.      Massachusetts Law to Apply
              --------------------------

              This  Agreement  shall be  construed  and  the  provisions thereof
     interpreted  under and in  accordance with the laws  of The Commonwealth of
     Massachusetts.

              The  Custodian   expressly  acknowledges  the   provision  in  the
     Declaration  of Trust  of the  Trust  (Section 5.2  and  5.6) limiting  the
     personal  liability  of the  Trustees and  officers of  the Trust,  and the
     Custodian  hereby agrees  that  it shall  have recourse  to  the Trust  for
     payment of  claims or obligations  as between  the Trust and  the Custodian
     arising  out  of  this  Agreement,   and  the  Custodian  shall   not  seek
     satisfaction from any Trustee or officer of the Trust.

     14.      Adoption of the Agreement by the Trust
              --------------------------------------

              The Trust  represents that its Board  has approved this  Agreement
     and has  duly authorized the Trust  to adopt this Agreement,  such adoption
     to  be evidenced  by  a letter  agreement between  the  Trust and  the Bank
     reflecting such adoption,  which letter agreement shall be dated and signed
     by a duly  authorized officer of the  Trust and duly authorized  officer of
     the  Bank.    This  Agreement shall  be  deemed  to  be  duly executed  and
     delivered  by each  of the  parties  in its  name and  behalf  by its  duly
     authorized  officer as  of the  date  of such  letter  agreement, and  this
     Agreement  shall be deemed  to supersede and terminate,  as of  the date of
     such letter agreement, all prior agreements between the Trust and the  Bank
     relating to the custody of the Trust's assets.

                                     * * * * * 
<PAGE>





















                             ALABAMA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO


                                                      

                              PROCEDURES FOR ALLOCATIONS
                                  AND DISTRIBUTIONS

                                     May 1, 1992
<PAGE>






                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE

     ARTICLE I--Introduction   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

     ARTICLE II--Definitions   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

     ARTICLE III--Capital Accounts

        Section 3.1   Capital Accounts of Holders    . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
        Section 3.2   Book Capital Accounts    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
        Section 3.3   Tax Capital Accounts   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
        Section 3.4   Compliance with Treasury Regulations   . . . . . . . .   5

     ARTICLE IV--Distributions of Cash and Assets

        Section 4.1   Distributions of Distributable Cash    . . . . . . . .   5
        Section 4.2   Division Among Holders   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
        Section 4.3   Distributions Upon Liquidation of a
                      Holder's Interest in the Trust   . . . . . . . . . . .   5
        Section 4.4   Amounts Withheld   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5

     ARTICLE V--Allocations

        Section 5.1   Allocation of Items to Book Capital Accounts   . . . .   6
        Section 5.2   Allocation of Taxable Income and Tax Loss
                      to Tax Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
        Section 5.3   Special Allocations to Book and Tax
                      Capital Accounts   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
        Section 5.4   Other Adjustments to Book and Tax
                      Capital Accounts   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
        Section 5.5   Timing of Tax Allocations to Book and
                      Tax Capital Accounts   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
        Section 5.6   Redemptions During the Fiscal Year   . . . . . . . . .   8

     ARTICLE VI--Withdrawals

        Section 6.1   Partial Withdrawals    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
        Section 6.2   Redemptions    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
        Section 6.3   Distribution in Kind   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

     ARTICLE VII--Liquidation

        Section 7.1   Liquidation Procedure    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
        Section 7.2   Alternative Liquidation Procedure    . . . . . . . . .   9
        Section 7.3   Cash Distributions Upon Liquidation    . . . . . . . .   9
        Section 7.4   Treatment of Negative Book Capital
                      Account Balance    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9




                                         -i-
<PAGE>









                                    PROCEDURES FOR
                            ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
                                          OF
                             ALABAMA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
                                    (the "Trust")

                                                          

                                      ARTICLE I

                                     Introduction
                                     ------------
        The Trust is treated as  a partnership for federal income tax  purposes.
     These procedures have  been adopted by the  Trustees of the Trust  and will
     be  furnished to  the  Trust's accountants  for  the purpose  of allocating
     Trust gains, income or loss and distributing Trust assets.  The Trust  will
     maintain its books and  records, for both book and tax purposes,  using the
     accrual method of accounting.

                                     ARTICLE II

                                     Definitions
                                     -----------

        Except as otherwise  provided herein,  a term referred  to herein  shall
     have  the  same  meaning  as  that  ascribed  to  it  in  the  Declaration.
     References in this  document to "hereof", "herein" and "hereunder" shall be
     deemed to refer  to this document in  its entirety rather than  the article
     or section in which any such word appears.

        "Book Capital Account"  shall mean, for  any Holder at  any time in  any
     Fiscal Year, the  Book Capital Account balance  of the Holder on  the first
     day of the Fiscal Year, as adjusted each day pursuant to the  provisions of
     Section 3.2 hereof.

        "Capital  Contribution" shall  mean,  with respect  to  any Holder,  the
     amount  of  money  and  the  Fair  Market  Value  of  any  assets  actually
     contributed from  time to time  to the Trust  with respect to the  Interest
     held by such Holder.

        "Code" shall  mean the U.S.  Internal Revenue Code  of 1986,  as amended
     from  time to  time,  as  well  as  any non-superseded  provisions  of  the
     Internal Revenue Code of 1954,  as amended (or any  corresponding provision
     or provisions of succeeding law).
<PAGE>






        "Declaration" shall  mean the Trust's Declaration of Trust, dated May 1,
     1992, as amended from time to time.

        "Designated  Expenses"   shall   mean   extraordinary   Trust   expenses
     attributable to a particular Holder that are to be borne by such Holder.

        "Distributable  Cash"  for any  Fiscal Year  shall  mean the  gross cash
     proceeds from  Trust activities, less  the portion thereof  used to  pay or
     establish Reserves, plus such  portion of the Reserves as the  Trustees, in
     their  sole discretion,  no longer deem  necessary to be  held as Reserves.
     Distributable  Cash shall  not be  reduced  by depreciation,  amortization,
     cost recovery deductions, or similar allowances.

        "Fair Market  Value" of  a security,  instrument or  other asset on  any
     particular day  shall mean  the fair  value thereof as  determined in  good
     faith by  or on  behalf of  the Trustees  in the  manner set  forth in  the
     Registration Statement.

        "Fiscal Year" shall  mean an  annual period determined  by the  Trustees
     which ends on such day as is permitted by the Code.

        "Holders" shall mean as of any particular time all holders of  record of
     Interests in the Trust.

        "Interest(s)" shall  mean  the  interest  of  a  Holder  in  the  Trust,
     including all  rights, powers  and privileges  accorded to  Holders by  the
     Declaration, which  interest may  be expressed as  a percentage, determined
     by calculating, at such times and on such bases as the  Trustees shall from
     time to time  determine, the ratio  of each  Holder's Book Capital  Account
     balance to the total of all Holders' Book Capital Account balances.

        "Investments" shall mean all securities, instruments or other  assets of
     the  Trust of  any nature  whatsoever, including,  but not  limited to, all
     equity and  debt securities,  futures contracts,  and all  property of  the
     Trust obtained by virtue of holding such assets.

        "Matched Income or  Loss" shall mean  Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt  Income
     or  Tax Loss of the Trust  comprising interest, original issue discount and
     dividends and all  other types of income or loss  to the extent the Taxable
     Income, Tax-Exempt Income, Tax Loss or Loss items not included in Tax  Loss
     arising from such  items are recognized for  tax purposes at the  same time
     that Profit or Loss are accrued for book purposes by the Trust.

        "Net Unrealized  Gain" shall mean  the excess, if any,  of the aggregate
     Fair Market Value  of all Investments  over the  aggregate adjusted  bases,
     for federal income tax purposes, of all Investments.

        "Net Unrealized  Loss" shall mean the  excess, if any, of  the aggregate
     adjusted bases,  for federal income  tax purposes, of  all Investments over
     the aggregate Fair Market Value of all Investments.



                                         -2-
<PAGE>






        "Profit" and "Loss" shall  mean, for each  Fiscal Year or other  period,
     an amount equal to the Taxable Income or  Tax Loss for such Fiscal Year  or
     period with the following adjustments:

     (i)     Any Tax-Exempt  Income shall  be added  to such  Taxable Income  or
     subtracted from such Tax Loss; and

     (ii)    Any expenditures of the  Trust for such year or period described in
     Section 705(a)(2)(B)  of  the   Code  or  treated  as   expenditures  under
     Section 705(a)(2)(B)  of   the  Code   pursuant  to  Treasury   Regulations
     Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i),  and  not  otherwise  taken  into  account in
     computing Profit  or Loss or  specially allocated shall  be subtracted from
     such Taxable Income or added to such Tax Loss.

             "Redemption" shall mean the  complete withdrawal of an  Interest of
     a Holder the  result of which is to reduce the Book Capital Account balance
     of that Holder to zero.

             "Registration Statement" shall  mean the Registration Statement  of
     the Trust  on Form  N-1A as  filed with  the U.S.  Securities and  Exchange
     Commission under the  1940 Act, as  the same may  be amended  from time  to
     time.

             "Reserves" shall mean, with respect  to any Fiscal Year,  funds set
     aside or amounts allocated  during such period to  reserves which shall  be
     maintained  in  amounts  deemed sufficient  by  the  Trustees  for  working
     capital  and to  pay  taxes, insurance,  debt  service, renewals,  or other
     costs or expenses,  incident to the ownership of  the Investments or to its
     operations.

             "Tax Capital  Account" shall mean,  for any Holder  at any  time in
     any Fiscal  Year, the  Tax Capital  Account balance  of the  Holder on  the
     first  day of  the  Fiscal  Year, as  adjusted  each  day pursuant  to  the
     provisions of Section 3.3 hereof.

             "Tax-Exempt Income"  shall mean income of the Trust for such Fiscal
     Year or period that  is exempt  from federal income  tax and not  otherwise
     taken into account in computing Profit or Loss.

             "Tax Lot"  shall mean securities  or other property  which are both
     purchased or acquired, and sold or otherwise disposed of, as a unit.

             "Taxable Income" or  "Tax Loss" shall  mean the  taxable income  or
     tax loss of the Trust, determined in accordance with Section 703(a)  of the
     Code, for each Fiscal  Year as determined for federal  income tax purposes,
     together with each of the Trust's items of income, gain, loss or  deduction
     which is separately stated or  otherwise not included in  computing taxable
     income and tax loss.

             "Treasury  Regulations"  shall  mean  the  Income  Tax  Regulations
     promulgated  under the Code, as  such regulations may  be amended from time
     to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

                                         -3-
<PAGE>






             "Trust" shall  mean Alabama Tax Free Portfolio, a trust fund formed
     under the laws of the State of New York by the Declaration.

             "Trustees" shall mean  each signatory to  the Declaration, so  long
     as such  signatory shall  continue in office  in accordance with  the terms
     thereof, and all  other individuals who at  the time in question  have been
     duly elected  or appointed  and have  qualified as  Trustees in  accordance
     with the provisions thereof and are then in office.

             The "1940 Act" shall mean the U.S. Investment  Company Act of 1940,
     as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

                                     ARTICLE III

                                  Capital Accounts
                                   ----------------

             3.1.     Capital  Accounts of  Holders.   A  separate  Book Capital
     Account and  a separate Tax  Capital Account shall  be maintained  for each
     Holder pursuant to Section  3.2 and Section 3.3. hereof, respectively.   In
     the  event the Trustees  shall determine that it  is prudent  to modify the
     manner in which  the Book Capital Accounts or  Tax Capital Accounts, or any
     debits  or  credits thereto,  are  computed  in order  to  comply  with the
     Treasury Regulations,  the Trustees  may make  such modification,  provided
     that  it  is  not  likely  to  have  a  material  effect  on  the   amounts
     distributable  to  any Holder  pursuant  to  Article  VII  hereof upon  the
     dissolution of the Trust.

             3.2.     Book Capital  Accounts.  The Book  Capital Account balance
     of each Holder shall be adjusted each day by the following amounts:

             (a)      increased  by  any increase  in  Net  Unrealized  Gains or
     decrease in  Net Unrealized  Losses allocated  to such  Holder pursuant  to
     Section 5.1(a) hereof;

             (b)      decreased  by  any decrease  in  Net  Unrealized  Gains or
     increase in  Net Unrealized  Losses allocated  to such  Holder pursuant  to
     Section 5.1(b) hereof; 

             (c)      increased or decreased, as the case may be, by the  amount
     of  Profit or  Loss,  respectively, allocated  to  such Holder  pursuant to
     Section 5.1(c) hereof;

             (d)      increased by any Capital Contribution made by such Holder;
     and,

             (e)      decreased by any  distribution, including any distribution
     to effect a withdrawal or Redemption, made to such Holder by the Trust.

             Any adjustment pursuant to Section 3.2 (a), (b) or (c) above  shall
     be prorated for  increases in each  Holder's Book  Capital Account  balance
     resulting from Capital Contributions, or distributions  or withdrawals from

                                         -4-
<PAGE>






     the Trust or Redemptions  by the Trust  occurring, during such Fiscal  Year
     as of the day after  the Capital Contribution, distribution,  withdrawal or
     Redemption is accepted, made or effected by the Trust.

             3.3.     Tax Capital Accounts.  The Tax Capital  Account balance of
     each Holder  shall be  adjusted  at the  following times  by the  following
     amounts:

             (a)      increased daily by the  adjusted tax bases of  any Capital
     Contribution made by such Holder to the Trust;

             (b)      increased daily  by the amount of  Taxable Income and Tax-
     Exempt Income  allocated to such Holder  pursuant to Section  5.2 hereof at
     such times as the allocations are made under Section 5.2 hereof;

             (c)      decreased daily by the  amount of cash distributed to  the
     Holder pursuant to  any of these procedures including any distribution made
     to effect a withdrawal or Redemption; and

             (d)      decreased by  the  amount of  Tax Loss  allocated to  such
     Holder pursuant to Section  5.2 hereof at such times as the allocations are
     made under Section 5.2 hereof.

             3.4.     Compliance  with  Treasury  Regulations.    The  foregoing
     provisions  and   other  provisions  contained   herein  relating  to   the
     maintenance of Book  Capital Accounts and Tax Capital Accounts are intended
     to  comply  with  Treasury  Regulations Section  1.704-1(b),  and  shall be
     interpreted   and  applied  in  a  manner  consistent  with  such  Treasury
     Regulations.

             The Trustees shall make any appropriate modifications  in the event
     unanticipated events  might otherwise cause these  procedures not to comply
     with  Treasury Regulations  Section 1.704-1(b),  including the requirements
     described  in  Treasury  Regulations  Section  1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(1)  and
     Treasury Regulations  Section  1.704-1(b)(2)(iv).   Such modifications  are
     hereby incorporated  into  these procedures  by  this reference  as  though
     fully set forth herein.

                                     ARTICLE IV

                           Distributions of Cash and Assets
                           --------------------------------

             4.1.     Distributions of Distributable Cash.  Except  as otherwise
     provided in Article  VII hereof, Distributable  Cash for  each Fiscal  Year
     may  be  distributed to  the Holders  at such  times, if  any, and  in such
     amounts as  shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Trustees.  In
     exercising  such   discretion,   the   Trustees   shall   distribute   such
     Distributable Cash so that Holders that are  regulated investment companies
     can  comply  with   the  distribution   requirements  set  forth   in  Code
     Section 852 and avoid the excise tax imposed by Code Section 4982.


                                         -5-
<PAGE>






             4.2.     Division Among Holders.   All distributions to the Holders
     with respect  to any Fiscal  Year pursuant to  Section 4.1 hereof shall  be
     made to the Holders in  proportion to the Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt Income
     or Tax  Loss allocated  to the  Holders with  respect to  such Fiscal  Year
     pursuant to the terms of these procedures.

             4.3.     Distributions Upon Liquidation of  a Holder's Interest  in
     the Trust.   Upon  liquidation of  a Holder's  interest in  the Trust,  the
     proceeds will  be distributed  to the  Holder as provided  in Section  5.6,
     Article VI,  and Article VII  hereof.  If such  Holder has a  negative book
     capital account balance, the provisions of Section 7.4 will apply.

             4.4.     Amounts Withheld.   All  amounts withheld  pursuant to the
     Code  or any provision  of any state or  local tax law with  respect to any
     payment  or distribution to  the Trust or the  Holders shall  be treated as
     amounts distributed  to such  Holders pursuant to  this Article IV  for all
     purposes under  these  procedures.   The  Trustees  may allocate  any  such
     amount  among  the  Holders  in  any  manner  that  is  in  accordance with
     applicable law.

                                      ARTICLE V
                                     Allocations
                                     -----------

             5.1.     Allocation of Items to Book Capital Accounts. 

             (a)      Increase  in  Net  Unrealized  Gains  or  Decrease in  Net
     Unrealized Losses.  Any decrease in Net Unrealized Loss due to  realization
     of items  shall be  allocated to  the  Holder receiving  the allocation  of
     Loss, in the same  amount, under Section 5.1(c) hereof.  Subject to Section
     5.1(d) hereof,  any increase  in Net  Unrealized Gains or  decrease in  Net
     Unrealized Loss  on any day  during the Fiscal  Year shall be allocated  to
     the Holders' Book  Capital Accounts at the  end of such day,  in proportion
     to  the  Holders'   respective  Book  Capital  Account   balances  at   the
     commencement of such day.

             (b)      Decrease  in  Net  Unrealized  Gains  or  Increase in  Net
     Unrealized  Losses.    Any  decrease   in  Net  Unrealized  Gains   due  to
     realization  of  items shall  be  allocated  to  the  Holder receiving  the
     allocation of  Profit, in  the same  amount, under  Section 5.1(c)  hereof.
     Subject  to Section 5.1(d) hereof, any decrease  in Net Unrealized Gains or
     increase in Net  Unrealized Loss on any day during the Fiscal Year shall be
     allocated to the Holders' Book Capital Accounts at the  end of such day, in
     proportion to the  Holders' respective Book Capital Account balances at the
     commencement of such day.

             (c)      Profit and Loss.  Subject to Section 5.1(d) hereof, Profit
     and Loss occurring on any day during  the Fiscal Year shall be allocated to
     the Holders' Book Capital Accounts at the end of such day in  proportion to
     the Holders'  respective Book Capital Account  balances at the commencement
     of such day.  


                                         -6-
<PAGE>






             (d)      Other Book Capital Account Adjustments.  

                      (i)   Any allocation  pursuant to  Section 5.1(a),
             (b) or  (c) above shall  be prorated for  increases in each
             Holder's  Book  Capital  Account   resulting  from  Capital
             Contributions, or  distributions  or withdrawals  from  the
             Trust or  Redemptions by the  Trust occurring,  during such
             Fiscal Year as  of the day after  the Capital Contribution,
             distribution, withdrawal  or Redemption  is accepted,  made
             or effected by the Trust.

                      (ii)   For  purposes of  determining  the  Profit,
             Loss,  and Net  Unrealized Gain  or Net  Unrealized Loss or
             any other item allocable to any Fiscal Year,  Profit, Loss,
             and  Net Unrealized  Gain or  Net  Unrealized Loss  and any
             such other item shall be determined by or  on behalf of the
             Trustees   using   any   reasonable   method   under   Code
             Section 706 and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

             5.2.     Allocation of Taxable  Income and Tax Loss to  Tax Capital
     Accounts.


             (a)      Taxable  Income and  Tax Loss.  Subject  to Section 5.2(b)
     and  Section 5.3  hereof, which  shall  take precedence  over  this Section
     5.2(a), Taxable Income or  Tax Loss for any Fiscal Year shall  be allocated
     at least annually to the Holders' Tax Capital Accounts as follows:

                      (i)     First,  Taxable  Income   and  Tax   Loss,
             whether constituting  ordinary income (or  loss) or capital
             gain (or loss), derived from the  sale or other disposition
             of  a  Tax Lot  of securities  or  other property  shall be
             allocated  as  of the  date such  income,  gain or  loss is
             recognized  for  federal  income  tax  purposes  solely  in
             proportion to  the  amount of  unrealized appreciation  (in
             the case of  such income  or capital gain,  but not in  the
             case of any such loss) or  depreciation (in the case of any
             such loss,  but  not in  the  case of  any such  income  or
             capital gain)  from that Tax Lot which was allocated to the
             Holders'  Book  Capital   Accounts  each   day  that   such
             securities  or  other  property  was   held  by  the  Trust
             pursuant to Section 5.1(a) and (b) hereof; and

                      (ii)    Second, any  remaining amounts at  the end
             of the Fiscal Year,  to the Holders in proportion  to their
             respective daily  average  Book  Capital  Account  balances
             determined for the Fiscal Year of the allocation.

             (b)      Matched Income or Loss.  Notwithstanding the provisions of
     Section 5.2(a)  hereof,  Taxable  Income, Tax-Exempt  Income  or  Tax  Loss
     accruing on any day during  the Fiscal Year constituting Matched  Income or
     Loss, shall be allocated  daily to the Holders' Tax Capital Accounts solely

                                         -7-
<PAGE>






     in proportion to and  to the extent of corresponding  allocations of Profit
     or  Loss to  the  Holders' Book  Capital  Accounts  pursuant to  the  first
     sentence of Section 5.1(c) hereof.

             5.3.     Special Allocations to Book and Tax Capital Accounts.

             (a)      The Designated Expenses  computed for each Holder shall be
     allocated separately (not  included in the allocations of Matched Income or
     Loss, Loss  or  Tax Loss)  to  the Book  Capital  Account and  Tax  Capital
     Account of each Holder.

             (b)      If the  Trust incurs  any nonrecourse  indebtedness,  then
     allocations  of items  attributable to  nonrecourse  indebtedness shall  be
     made to  the Tax  Capital Account  of each  Holder in  accordance with  the
     requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(iv)(d).

             (c)      In accordance  with Code  Section 704(c) and  the Treasury
     Regulations thereunder, Taxable  Income and Tax  Loss with  respect to  any
     property contributed to the capital of the Trust shall be allocated to  the
     Tax  Capital  Account of  each  Holder  so  as  to take  into  account  any
     variation between the adjusted  tax basis of such property to the Trust for
     federal income  tax purposes and  such property's Fair Market  Value at the
     time of contribution to the Trust.


             5.4.     Other Adjustments to Book and Tax Capital Accounts.

             (a)      Any   election  or   other  decision   relating  to   such
     allocations shall be  made by the  Trustees in  any manner that  reasonably
     reflects the purpose and intention of these procedures.

             (b)      Each Holder will report its share of Trust income and loss
     for  federal  income  tax  purposes  in  accordance  with  the  allocations
     effected pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof.

             5.5.     Timing  of  Tax   Allocations  to  Book  and  Tax  Capital
                      Accounts.

             Allocation  of  Taxable  Income, Tax-Exempt  Income  and  Tax  Loss
     pursuant to  Section 5.2 hereof for any Fiscal Year, unless specified above
     to the  contrary, shall be  made only after  corresponding adjustments have
     been made to the Book  Capital Accounts of the Holders for  the Fiscal Year
     as provided pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof.

             5.6.     Redemptions  During  the Fiscal  Year.    If  a Redemption
     occurs prior  to the end of a Fiscal  Year, the Trust will treat the Fiscal
     Year as  ended  for  the  purposes  of  computing  the  redeeming  Holder's
     distributive share  of Trust  items and  allocations of all  items to  such
     Holder will  be made  as though  each Holder  were receiving its  allocable
     share  of Trust  items  at  such time.    All  items  so allocated  to  the
     redeeming  Holder will be subtracted  from the items  to be allocated among
     the  other non-redeeming Holders at the actual end of the Fiscal Year.  All

                                         -8-
<PAGE>






     items allocated among  the redeeming and non-redeeming Holders will be made
     subject to  the  rules of  Code Sections  702,  704, 706  and 708  and  the
     Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

                                     ARTICLE VI
                                     Withdrawals
                                     -----------

             6.1.     Partial  Withdrawals.   At any  time any  Holder  shall be
     entitled to request  a withdrawal of such  portion of the Interest  held by
     such Holder as such Holder shall request.

             6.2.     Redemptions.   At any  time a Holder shall  be entitled to
     request a Redemption of  all of its Interest.   A Holder's Interest may  be
     redeemed at any  time during  the Fiscal Year  as provided  in Section  6.3
     hereof by  a  cash  distribution or,  at  the  option  of a  Holder,  by  a
     distribution  of a  proportionate amount  except for  fractional shares  of
     each Trust asset  at the option of  the Trust.  However, the  Holder may be
     redeemed by a distribution  of a proportionate amount of the Trust's assets
     only at  the end of a Fiscal Year.  However,  if the Holder has contributed
     any property  to the Trust other than cash, if such property remains in the
     Trust at  the time the Holder requests  withdrawal, then such property will
     be sold by the Trust prior to the  time at which the Holder withdraws  from
     the Trust.

             6.3.     Distribution in Kind.   If a withdrawing Holder receives a
     distribution in  kind of  its proportionate  part of  Trust property,  then
     unrealized income, gain, loss  or deduction  attributable to such  property
     shall be allocated  among the Holders as if there had been a disposition of
     the  property  on  the  date   of  distribution  in  compliance   with  the
     requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(e).

                                     ARTICLE VII

                                     Liquidation
                                     -----------

             7.1.     Liquidation  Procedure.   Subject to  Section  7.4 hereof,
     upon dissolution of  the Trust, the Trustees shall  liquidate the assets of
     the Trust, apply and distribute the proceeds thereof as follows:

             (a)      first to the  payment of all debts and obligations  of the
     Trust  to third  parties, including  without limitation  the  retirement of
     outstanding debt, including any debt  owed to Holders or  their affiliates,
     and the expenses of liquidation,  and to the setting up of any Reserves for
     contingencies which may be necessary; and

             (b)      then in accordance with the Holders' positive Book Capital
     Account  balances after  adjusting Book  Capital  Accounts for  allocations
     provided in  Article  V hereof  and  in  accordance with  the  requirements
     described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2) (ii)(b)(2).


                                         -9-
<PAGE>






             7.2.     Alternative Liquidation  Procedure.   Notwithstanding  the
     foregoing, if the Trustees shall determine  that an immediate sale of  part
     or all  of the Trust  assets would  cause undue  loss to  the Holders,  the
     Trustees,  in   order  to  avoid   such  loss,  may,   after  having  given
     notification to all the  Holders, to the extent not then prohibited  by the
     law of any jurisdiction in  which the Trust is then formed or qualified and
     applicable  in the circumstances, either defer  liquidation of and withhold
     from  distribution for  a reasonable time  any assets  of the  Trust except
     those necessary to  satisfy the Trust's debts and obligations or distribute
     the Trust's assets to the Holders in liquidation.

             7.3.     Cash Distributions Upon  Liquidation.  Except  as provided
     in Section  7.2 hereof,  amounts distributed  in liquidation  of the  Trust
     shall be paid solely in cash.

             7.4.     Treatment of  Negative Book Capital Account Balance.  If a
     Holder  has a negative  balance in  its Book Capital  Account following the
     liquidation of  its Interest, as  determined after taking  into account all
     capital  account  adjustments   for  the  Fiscal  Year   during  which  the
     liquidation  occurs, then  such  Holder shall  restore  the amount  of such
     negative  balance to the Trust  by the later of the  end of the Fiscal Year
     or 90 days  after the date  of such  liquidation so as  to comply with  the
     requirements  of   Treasury  Regulations   Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(3).
     Such amount shall, upon liquidation, be paid  to creditors of the Trust  or
     distributed  to other  Holders  in  accordance  with  their  positive  Book
     Capital Account balances.



























                                         -10-
<PAGE>

<PAGE>


                                     AMENDMENT TO
                              MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT
                                       between 
                             EATON VANCE HUB PORTFOLIOS 
                                         and
                            INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY

              This Amendment, dated as of October 23, 1995, is made to the
     MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") between each investment
     company advised by Boston Management and Research which has adopted the
     Agreement (the "Trusts") and Investors Bank & Trust Company (the
     "Custodian") pursuant to Section 10 of the Agreement.

              The Trusts and the Custodian agree that Section 10 of the
     Agreement shall, as of October 23, 1995, be amended to read as follows:

              Unless otherwise defined herein, terms which are defined in the
     Agreement and used herein are so used as so defined.

     10.      Effective Period, Termination and Amendment; Successor Custodian

              This Agreement shall become effective as of its execution, shall
     continue in full force and effect until terminated by either party after
     August 31, 2000 by an instrument in writing delivered or mailed, postage
     prepaid to the other party, such termination to take effect not sooner
     than sixty (60) days after the date of such delivery or mailing; provided,
     that the Trust may at any time by action of its Board, (i) substitute
     another bank or trust company for the Custodian by giving notice as
     described above to the Custodian in the event the Custodian assigns this
     Agreement to another party without consent of the noninterested Trustees
     of the Trust, or (ii) immediately terminate this Agreement in the event of
     the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the Custodian by the
     Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or by the Banking Commissioner of
     The Commonwealth of Massachusetts or upon the happening of a like event at
     the direction of an appropriate regulatory agency or court of competent
     jurisdiction.  Upon termination of the Agreement, the Trust shall pay to
     the Custodian such compensation as may be due as of the date of such
     termination (and shall likewise reimburse the Custodian for its costs,
     expenses and disbursements).

              This Agreement may be amended at any time by the written
     agreement of the parties hereto.  If a majority of the non-interested
     trustees of any of the Trusts determines that the performance of the
     Custodian has been unsatisfactory or adverse to the interests of Trust
     holders of any Trust or Trusts or that the terms of the Agreement are no
     longer consistent with publicly available industry standards, then the
     Trust or Trusts shall give written notice to the Custodian of such
     determination and the Custodian shall have 60 days to (1) correct such
     performance to the satisfaction of the non-interested trustees or (2)
     renegotiate terms which are satisfactory to the non-interested trustees of
     the Trusts.  If the conditions of the preceding sentence are not met then
     the Trust or Trusts may terminate this Agreement on sixty (60) days
     written notice.
<PAGE>






              The Board of the Trust shall, forthwith, upon giving or receiving
     notice of termination of this Agreement, appoint as successor custodian, a
     bank or trust company having the qualifications required by the Investment
     Company Act of 1940 and the Rules thereunder.  The Bank, as Custodian,
     Agent or otherwise, shall, upon termination of the Agreement, deliver to
     such successor custodian, all securities then held hereunder and all funds
     or other properties of the Trust deposited with or held by the Bank
     hereunder and all books of account and records kept by the Bank pursuant
     to this Agreement, and all documents held by the Bank relative thereto. 
     In the event that no written order designating a successor custodian shall
     have been delivered to the Bank on or before the date when such
     termination shall become effective, then the Bank shall not deliver the
     securities, funds and other properties of the Trust to the Trust but shall
     have the right to deliver to a bank or trust company doing business in
     Boston, Massachusetts of its own selection meeting the above required
     qualifications, all funds, securities and properties of the Trust held by
     or deposited with the Bank, and all books of account and records kept by
     the Bank pursuant to this Agreement, and all documents held by the Bank
     relative thereto.  Thereafter such bank or trust company shall be the
     successor of the Custodian under this Agreement.

              Except as expressly provided herein, the Agreement shall remain
     unchanged and in full force and effect.

              IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment
     to be executed by their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year
     first above written.


              Alabama Tax Free Portfolio
              Arizona Tax Free Portfolio
              Arkansas Tax Free Portfolio
              Cash Management Portfolio
              Colorado Tax Free Portfolio
              Connecticut Tax Free Portfolio
              Florida Insured Tax Free Portfolio
              Florida Tax Free Portfolio
              Georgia Tax Free Portfolio
              Government Obligations Portfolio
              Growth Portfolio
              Hawaii Tax Free Portfolio
              High Yield Municipals Portfolio
              Investors Portfolio
              Kansas Tax Free Portfolio
              Kentucky Tax Free Portfolio
              Louisiana Tax Free Portfolio
              Maryland Tax Free Portfolio
              Massachusetts Tax Free Portfolio
              Michigan Tax Free Portfolio
              Minnesota Tax Free Portfolio
              Mississippi Tax Free Portfolio
              Missouri Tax Free Portfolio
              National Municipals Portfolio
              New Jersey Tax Free Portfolio
<PAGE>






              New York Tax Free Portfolio
              North Carolina Tax Free Portfolio
              Ohio Tax Free Portfolio
              Oregon Tax Free Portfolio
              Pennsylvania Tax Free Portfolio
              Rhode Island Tax Free Portfolio
              South Carolina Tax Free Portfolio
              Special Investment Portfolio
              Stock Portfolio
              Strategic Income Portfolio
              Tax Free Reserves Portfolio
              Tennessee Tax Free Portfolio
              Texas Tax Free Portfolio
              Total Return Portfolio
              Virginia Tax Free Portfolio
              West Virginia Tax Free Portfolio
              Arizona Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              California Tax Free Portfolio
              California Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Connecticut Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Florida Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Massachusetts Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Michigan Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              National Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              New Jersey Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              New York Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              North Carolina Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Ohio Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Pennsylvania Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Virginia Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio


                                                By:   /s/James L. O'Connor      

                                                   -----------------------------
     -
                                                        Treasurer


                                                INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY


                                                By:   /s/Michael F. Rogers      

                                                   -----------------------------
<PAGE>

<PAGE>


     Eaton Vance Municipals Trust
     24 Federal Street
     Boston, MA  02110
     (617) 482-8260

                                                                             
     January 21, 1993




     Alabama Tax Free Portfolio
     24 Federal Street
     Boston, MA  02110


     Ladies and Gentlemen:


              With respect  to our purchase  from you, at the  purchase price of
     $100,000, of  an  interest (an  "Initial  Interest")  in Alabama  Tax  Free
     Portfolio (the  "Portfolio"), we hereby  advise you that  we are purchasing
     such  Initial  Interest   for  investment  purposes  without   any  present
     intention of redeeming or reselling.

              The amount  paid by the Portfolio  on any withdrawal by  us of any
     portion  of such  Initial  Interest will  be reduced  by  a portion  of any
     unamortized  organization expenses,  determined by  the  proportion of  the
     amount  of  such  Initial  Interest  withdrawn  to  the  aggregate  Initial
     Interests  of all  holders of  similar Initial  Interests then  outstanding
     after  taking  into account  any  prior  withdrawals  of  any such  Initial
     Interest.


                               Very truly yours,

                               EATON VANCE MUNICIPALS TRUST
                               (on behalf of Eaton Vance 
                               Alabama Tax Free Fund)


                               By   /s/James G. Baur        
                               President
<PAGE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 6
<CIK> 0000892270
<NAME> ALABAMA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
<MULTIPLIER> 1000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          AUG-31-1995
<PERIOD-END>                               AUG-31-1995
<INVESTMENTS-AT-COST>                           112610
<INVESTMENTS-AT-VALUE>                          116480
<RECEIVABLES>                                     3796
<ASSETS-OTHER>                                       4
<OTHER-ITEMS-ASSETS>                                 1
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                  120281
<PAYABLE-FOR-SECURITIES>                             0
<SENIOR-LONG-TERM-DEBT>                              0
<OTHER-ITEMS-LIABILITIES>                         1795
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES>                               1795
<SENIOR-EQUITY>                                      0
<PAID-IN-CAPITAL-COMMON>                        114680
<SHARES-COMMON-STOCK>                                0
<SHARES-COMMON-PRIOR>                                0
<ACCUMULATED-NII-CURRENT>                            0
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-NII>                               0
<ACCUMULATED-NET-GAINS>                              0
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-GAINS>                             0
<ACCUM-APPREC-OR-DEPREC>                          3806
<NET-ASSETS>                                    118486
<DIVIDEND-INCOME>                                    0
<INTEREST-INCOME>                                 7218
<OTHER-INCOME>                                       0
<EXPENSES-NET>                                     542
<NET-INVESTMENT-INCOME>                           6676
<REALIZED-GAINS-CURRENT>                        (3373)
<APPREC-INCREASE-CURRENT>                         5884
<NET-CHANGE-FROM-OPS>                             9187
<EQUALIZATION>                                       0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-INCOME>                            0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-GAINS>                             0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OTHER>                                0
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-SOLD>                              0
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-REDEEMED>                          0
<SHARES-REINVESTED>                                  0
<NET-CHANGE-IN-ASSETS>                            1323
<ACCUMULATED-NII-PRIOR>                              0
<ACCUMULATED-GAINS-PRIOR>                            0
<OVERDISTRIB-NII-PRIOR>                              0
<OVERDIST-NET-GAINS-PRIOR>                           0
<GROSS-ADVISORY-FEES>                              466
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                   0
<GROSS-EXPENSE>                                    542
<AVERAGE-NET-ASSETS>                            115737
<PER-SHARE-NAV-BEGIN>                                0
<PER-SHARE-NII>                                      0
<PER-SHARE-GAIN-APPREC>                              0
<PER-SHARE-DIVIDEND>                                 0
<PER-SHARE-DISTRIBUTIONS>                            0
<RETURNS-OF-CAPITAL>                                 0
<PER-SHARE-NAV-END>                                  0
<EXPENSE-RATIO>                                      0
<AVG-DEBT-OUTSTANDING>                               0
<AVG-DEBT-PER-SHARE>                                 0
        
<PAGE>
</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission